Taxation Administration (Withholding Schedules) Instrument 2026 
Reference: LI 2026/18
Document type: Legislative Instrument
Enabling act: Taxation Administration Act 1953
Date of issue: 2 June 2026
Signatory: Ben Kelly Deputy Commissioner of Taxation
Registration number: F2025L00716
Registration date: 12 June 2026

I, Ben Kelly, Deputy Commissioner of Taxation, make the following instrument. | 4. Scales 1 and 2 apply whether or not the payee is entitled to any leave loading.

1 Name: This instrument is the Taxation Administration (Withholding Schedules) Instrument 2026 . | 2 Commencement: (1) Each provision of this instrument specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, in accordance with column 2 of the table. Any other statement in column 2 has effect according to its terms. Commencement information Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Provisions Commencement Date/Details 1. The whole of this instrument 1 July 2026. 1 July 2026. Note: This table relates only to the provisions of this instrument as originally made. It will not be amended to deal with any later amendments of this instrument. Note: This table relates only to the provisions of this instrument as originally made. It will not be amended to deal with any later amendments of this instrument. (2) Any information in column 3 of the table is not part of this instrument. Information may be inserted in this column, or information in it may be edited, in any published version of this instrument. | 3 Authority: This instrument is made under section 15-25 in Schedule 1 to the TAA. | 4 Definitions: In this instrument: ATO means the Australian Taxation Office. quick code means an alphanumeric code beginning with 'QC' that can be used to navigate to a specific page on the ATO website, by typing the code into the website search bar. Note: The ATO website is www.ato.gov.au . This instrument contains quick code references to help people to navigate to specific pages on that website. TAA means the Taxation Administration Act 1953 . | 5 Repeals: The whole of the Taxation Administration (Withholding Schedules) Instrument (No. 2) 2025 is repealed. | 6 Schedules: The Schedules to this instrument contain withholding schedules that specify the amounts, formulas and procedures to be used for working out the amount to be withheld by an entity from a withholding payment covered by Subdivision 12-B, 12-C or 12-D in Schedule 1 to the TAA. Each item in a Schedule has effect according to its terms. | 7 Guide to Schedules: The Schedules to this instrument deal with the matters specified in the following table and can be found on the ATO website using the corresponding quick code. Number Quick code Title 1 QC107116 Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld 2 QC107120 Schedule 2 – Tax table for individuals employed in the horticultural or shearing industry 3 QC107121 Schedule 3 – Tax table for actors, variety artists and other entertainers 4 QC107122 Schedule 4 – Tax table for return to work payments 5 QC107123 Schedule 5 – Tax table for back payments, commissions, bonuses and similar payments 6 QC107124 Schedule 6 – Tax table for annuities 7 QC107125 Schedule 7 – Tax table for unused leave payments on termination of employment 8 QC107126 Schedule 8 – Statement of formulas for calculating study and training support loans components 9 QC107127 Schedule 9 – Tax table for seniors and pensioners 10 QC107128 Schedule 10 – Tax table for payments made under voluntary agreements 11 QC107129 Schedule 11 – Tax table for employment termination payments 12 QC107130 Schedule 12 – Tax table for superannuation lump sums 13 QC107131 Schedule 13 – Tax table for superannuation income streams 14 QC107132 Schedule 14 – Tax table for additional amounts to withhold as a result of an agreement to increase withholding 15 QC107133 Schedule 15 – Tax table for working holiday makers | 8 Guide to other relevant documents and links: The Schedules to this instrument refer to other documents or links in italics that are specified in the following table and can be found on the ATO website using the corresponding quick code. Quick code Title QC107135 Fortnightly tax table QC107141 Medicare levy adjustment weekly tax table QC17088 Medicare levy variation declaration QC26159 PAYG payment summary – employment termination payment QC22557 PAYG payment summary – foreign employment QC21978 PAYG payment summary – individual non-business QC19550 PAYG payment summary – superannuation income stream QC35966 PAYG payment summary – superannuation lump sum QC27073 Payments to contractors under a voluntary agreement QC107139 Study and training support loans fortnightly tax table QC107140 Study and training support loans monthly tax table QC107138 Study and training support loans weekly tax table QC104947 Tax file number declaration QC27134 TFN application or enquiry for individuals – instructions QC16945 Tax tables QC107137 Tax table for daily and casual workers QC26218 Taxation of termination payments QC16223 Voluntary agreement for PAYG withholding QC107134 Weekly tax table QC16347 Withholding declaration QC18292 Withholding declaration – short version for seniors and pensioners QC51680 Withholding for allowances QC16601 Withholding from leave payments for continuing employees This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by Subdivisions 12-B (except sections 12-50 and 12-55), and 12-D of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. About this schedule Amounts to be withheld from payments made weekly, fortnightly, monthly and quarterly, as set out in the relevant PAYG withholding tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables , can be calculated using the formulas and coefficients contained in this schedule. Using this schedule If you develop your own payroll or accounting software package, this schedule provides the formulas and coefficients you will need to calculate the amounts to be withheld from payments made on a weekly, fortnightly, monthly or quarterly basis. Separate scales apply to: • foreign residents • payees who have claimed or not claimed the tax-free threshold • payees claiming a full or half-exemption from the Medicare levy. • foreign residents • payees who have claimed or not claimed the tax-free threshold • payees claiming a full or half-exemption from the Medicare levy. To assist employers and other payers who don't have a software package, our website ato.gov.au provides the following tools which are based on the formulas in this schedule: • tax withheld calculator • tax tables. • tax withheld calculator • tax tables. Payments covered include: • salary, wages, allowances and leave loading paid to employees • paid parental leave • directors' fees • salary and allowances paid to office holders (including members of parliament, statutory office holders, defence force members and police officers) • payments to labour-hire workers • payments to religious practitioners • government pensions • government education or training payments • compensation, sickness or accident payments that are calculated at a periodical rate and made because a person is unable to work (unless the payment is made under an insurance policy to the policy owner). • salary, wages, allowances and leave loading paid to employees • paid parental leave • directors' fees • salary and allowances paid to office holders (including members of parliament, statutory office holders, defence force members and police officers) • payments to labour-hire workers • payments to religious practitioners • government pensions • government education or training payments • compensation, sickness or accident payments that are calculated at a periodical rate and made because a person is unable to work (unless the payment is made under an insurance policy to the policy owner). Do not use this schedule for payments made to individuals employed under a working holiday makers visa. You must use Schedule 15 – Tax table for working holiday makers for all payments made to them, including lump sum payments. Software Payroll or accounting software written in accordance with the formulas in this schedule should be tested for accuracy against the 'Sample data' section in this schedule. The results obtained when using the coefficients in this schedule may differ slightly from the sums of the amounts shown in the PAYG tax tables at ato.gov.au/taxtables . The differences result from the rounding of components. Withholding calculated using either method is accepted. Other statements of formulas Statements of formulas for other classes of payees are also available. These include: • Schedule 8 – Statement of formulas for calculating study and training support loans components • Schedule 2 – Tax table for individuals employed in the horticultural or shearing industry • Schedule 3 – Tax table for actors, variety artists and other entertainers • Schedule 9 – Tax table for seniors and pensioners • Schedule 15 – Tax table for working holiday makers. • Schedule 8 – Statement of formulas for calculating study and training support loans components • Schedule 2 – Tax table for individuals employed in the horticultural or shearing industry • Schedule 3 – Tax table for actors, variety artists and other entertainers • Schedule 9 – Tax table for seniors and pensioners • Schedule 15 – Tax table for working holiday makers. Coefficients for calculation of amounts to be withheld (withholding amounts) from weekly payments Where the payee didn't claim the tax-free threshold in Tax file number declaration – Scale 1 Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 188 0.1500 0.1500 Less than 371 0.2084 11.0185 Less than 515 0.1790 0.1066 Less than 932 0.3227 74.1674 Less than 2,246 0.3200 71.6508 Less than 3,303 0.3900 228.8816 3,303 & over 0.4700 493.1893 Where the payee claimed the tax-free threshold in Tax file number declaration – Scale 2 Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 362 – – Less than 538 0.1500 54.3462 Less than 673 0.2500 108.2135 Less than 721 0.1700 54.3473 Less than 865 0.1790 60.8377 Less than 1,282 0.3227 185.1935 Less than 2,596 0.3200 181.7319 Less than 3,653 0.3900 363.4627 3,653 & over 0.4700 655.7704 Foreign residents – Scale 3 Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 2,596 0.3000 0.3000 Less than 3,653 0.3700 181.7308 3,653 & over 0.4500 474.0385 Where the payee didn't provide a tax file number (TFN) – Scale 4 Earnings Tax rate Resident $1 & over 0.4700 Foreign resident $1 & over 0.4500 Where the payee claimed the FULL exemption from Medicare levy in Medicare levy variation declaration – Scale 5 Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 362 – – Less than 721 0.1500 54.3462 Less than 865 0.1590 60.8365 Less than 1,282 0.3027 185.1923 Less than 2,596 0.3000 181.7308 Less than 3,653 0.3700 363.4615 3,653 & over 0.4500 655.7692 Where the payee claimed the HALF exemption from Medicare levy in Medicare levy variation declaration – Scale 6 Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 362 – – Less than 721 0.1500 54.3462 Less than 865 0.1590 60.8365 Less than 908 0.3027 185.1923 Less than 1,135 0.3527 230.6135 Less than 1,282 0.3127 185.1923 Less than 2,596 0.3100 181.7308 Less than 3,653 0.3800 363.4615 3,653 & over 0.4600 655.7692 Notes 1. If you have 53 weekly pays or 27 fortnightly pays in a financial year, refer to the 'When there are 53 weekly or 27 fortnightly pays in a year' section. | 2. Scales 1, 2, 3, 5 and 6 may be applied only where payees have provided their TFN.: 3. For scale 4 no coefficients are necessary. To calculate withholding, apply the tax rate to earnings, ignoring any cents in earnings and in the withholding result. | 5. Tax offsets may be allowed only where scales 2, 5 or 6 are applied.: 6. Scales 1, 2, 4 and 6 incorporate the Medicare levy. Scale 4 incorporates the Medicare levy for resident payees only. 7. For scale 2 no Medicare levy is payable by a person whose taxable income for the year is $28,011 ($538 per week) or less. Where the taxable income exceeds $28,011 but is less than $35,013 ($673 per week), the levy is shaded in at the rate of 10% of the excess over $28,011. Where a person's taxable income is $35,013 ($673 per week) or more, Medicare is levied at the rate of 2% of total taxable income. 8. The Medicare levy is also shaded in for scale 6. The Medicare levy parameters for scales 2 and 6 are as follows: Medicare levy parameters Parameter Scale 2 Scale 6 Weekly earnings threshold 538 908 Weekly earnings shade-in threshold 673 1,135 Medicare levy family threshold 47,238 47,238 Weekly family threshold divisor 52 52 Additional child 4,338 4,338 Shading out point multiplier 0.1000 0.0500 Shading out point divisor 0.0800 0.0400 Weekly levy adjustment factor 538.6700 908.4200 Medicare levy 0.0200 0.0100 Using a formula Overview The formulas comprise linear equations of the form y = ax − b , where: • y is the weekly withholding amount expressed in dollars • x is the number of whole dollars in the weekly earnings plus 99 cents • a and b are the values of the coefficients for each set of formulas for each range of weekly earnings (or, in the case of fortnightly, monthly or quarterly earnings, the weekly equivalent of these amounts – see 'Working out the weekly earnings'). • y is the weekly withholding amount expressed in dollars • x is the number of whole dollars in the weekly earnings plus 99 cents • a and b are the values of the coefficients for each set of formulas for each range of weekly earnings (or, in the case of fortnightly, monthly or quarterly earnings, the weekly equivalent of these amounts – see 'Working out the weekly earnings'). The formulas relate only to the calculation of withholding amounts before any tax offsets and Medicare levy adjustments are allowed. For instructions on the treatment of tax offsets and Medicare levy adjustments, refer to the sections on 'Tax offsets' and 'Medicare levy adjustment' in this schedule. Sample data to verify that the software program is calculating the correct withholding amounts and Medicare levy adjustments has been provided in this schedule. Withholding amounts calculated using these formulas may vary slightly to those calculated using the method set out in the footnote to the appropriate PAYG withholding tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables . This applies if earnings exceed $3,400 weekly or $6,800 fortnightly. Rounding of withholding amounts Withholding amounts calculated as a result of applying the formulas are rounded to the nearest dollar. Values ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. Do this rounding directly – that is, do not make a preliminary rounding to the nearest cent. Use these rounding rules across all scales except scale 4 (where payee does not provide a TFN). For scale 4, cents are ignored when applying the tax rate to earnings and when withholding amounts are calculated. Withholding additional amounts when there are 53 weekly or 27 fortnightly pays in a year When there are 53 pays in a financial year In some years, you may have 53 pays instead of the usual 52. As this schedule is based on 52 pays, the extra pay may result in insufficient amounts being withheld for an individual's end of year income tax assessment. You should let your payees know when there are 53 pays. If a payee is concerned about a tax shortfall, they can ask you to withhold an additional amount in each weekly pay as per the table below. Additional withholding per week – 53 pays Weekly earnings $ Additional withholding $ 875 to 2,574 3 2,575 to 3,649 7 3,650 & over 12 When there are 27 pays in a financial year In some years, you may have 27 pays instead of the usual 26. As this schedule is based on 26 pays, the extra pay may result in insufficient amounts being withheld for an individual's end of year income tax assessment. You should let your payees know when there are 27 pays. If a payee is concerned about a tax shortfall, they can ask you to withhold an additional amount in each fortnightly pay as per the table below. Additional withholding per fortnight – 27 pays Fortnightly earnings $ Additional withholding $ 1,700 to 5,199 12 5,200 to 7,249 27 7,250 & over 48 Working out the weekly earnings The method of working out the weekly earnings ( x ) for the purpose of applying the formulas is as follows: Example Weekly income $467.59 Add allowance subject to withholding $9.50 Total earnings (ignore cents) $477.00 Add 99 cents $0.99 Weekly earnings $477.99 Calculating withholding fortnightly, monthly or quarterly amounts First calculate the weekly equivalent of fortnightly, monthly or quarterly earnings. If you pay: • fortnightly – divide the sum of the fortnightly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding by two. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • monthly – obtain the sum of the monthly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding (if the result is an amount ending in 33 cents, add one cent), multiply this amount by three and then divide by 13. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • quarterly – divide the sum of the quarterly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding by 13. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • fortnightly – divide the sum of the fortnightly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding by two. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • monthly – obtain the sum of the monthly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding (if the result is an amount ending in 33 cents, add one cent), multiply this amount by three and then divide by 13. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • quarterly – divide the sum of the quarterly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding by 13. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. Then calculate fortnightly, monthly or quarterly withholding amounts as follows: • fortnightly – work out the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings, before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by two. • monthly – work out the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings, before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 13, divide the product by three and round the result to the nearest dollar. • quarterly – work out the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings, before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 13. • fortnightly – work out the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings, before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by two. • monthly – work out the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings, before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 13, divide the product by three and round the result to the nearest dollar. • quarterly – work out the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings, before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 13. Bi-monthly payments For payers who make bi-monthly payments, obtain the sum of payments made for the month. Then calculate withholding using the monthly steps outlined above. Divide the monthly withholding amount by two to determine the bi-monthly withholding amount. Tax offsets The withholding amount calculated using scales 2, 5 or 6 of the formulas is reduced as follows: • weekly – 1.9% of the total amount claimed at the tax offsets questions on the Withholding declaration, rounded to the nearest dollar • fortnightly – 3.8% of the total amount claimed at the tax offsets questions on the Withholding declaration, rounded to the nearest dollar • monthly – 8.3% of the total amount claimed at the tax offsets questions on the Withholding declaration, rounded to the nearest dollar • quarterly – 25% of the total amount claimed at the tax offsets questions on the Withholding declaration, rounded to the nearest dollar. • weekly – 1.9% of the total amount claimed at the tax offsets questions on the Withholding declaration, rounded to the nearest dollar • fortnightly – 3.8% of the total amount claimed at the tax offsets questions on the Withholding declaration, rounded to the nearest dollar • monthly – 8.3% of the total amount claimed at the tax offsets questions on the Withholding declaration, rounded to the nearest dollar • quarterly – 25% of the total amount claimed at the tax offsets questions on the Withholding declaration, rounded to the nearest dollar. Medicare levy adjustment A Medicare levy adjustment is not allowed where withholding amounts have been calculated using Scales 1, 3, 4 or 5. The amount obtained using Scales 2 or 6 (after allowing for any tax offsets) is reduced by any amount of Medicare levy adjustment applicable. When a payee is entitled to an adjustment To claim the Medicare levy adjustment (available in certain situations), your payee must lodge a Medicare levy variation declaration with their Tax file number declaration. Some payees may be liable for an increased rate of the Medicare levy surcharge as a result of the income for surcharge purposes tests. They can lodge a Medicare levy variation declaration, asking you to increase the amount to be withheld from their payments. A payee who has lodged both a completed Tax file number declaration and a Medicare levy variation declaration may be entitled to a Medicare levy adjustment if they have weekly earnings of one of the following: • $538 or more where scale 2 is applied • $908 or more where scale 6 is applied. • $538 or more where scale 2 is applied • $908 or more where scale 6 is applied. To claim the adjustment, the payee must answer yes to question 10 and yes to question 9, and/or question 12 on the Medicare levy variation declaration. Calculating the Medicare levy adjustment To calculate the Medicare levy adjustment, your software package will need to be able to distinguish between those payees who have answered yes to question 9 and no to question 12 on the Medicare levy variation declaration. Where a payee has answered yes to question 12, the software must be able to store the number of dependants shown at this question on the declaration. You will need to calculate the weekly family threshold and shading out point (SOP) before calculating the weekly levy adjustment for payees with weekly earnings of one of the following: • $673 or more where Scale 2 is applied • $1,135 or more where Scale 6 is applied. • $673 or more where Scale 2 is applied • $1,135 or more where Scale 6 is applied. Values used in the calculations may be regarded as variables. Weekly family threshold (WFT) Where scale 2 or scale 6 is applied • Where a payee has answered yes to question 9 and no to question 12 on the Medicare levy variation declaration: WFT = $908.42 (47,238 ÷ 52) (rounded to the nearest cent). • Where a payee has answered yes to question 12 on the Medicare levy variation declaration, you need to: a. multiply the number of children shown at question 12 by 4,338 and add the result to 47,238 b. divide the result of (a) by 52 c. round the result of (b) to the nearest cent. Example: If the payee has shown two dependent children at question 12: WFT = ([4,338 × 2] + 47,238) ÷ 52 WFT = 1,075.2692 or $1,075.27 (rounded to the nearest cent) • Where a payee has answered yes to question 9 and no to question 12 on the Medicare levy variation declaration: WFT = $908.42 (47,238 ÷ 52) (rounded to the nearest cent). • Where a payee has answered yes to question 12 on the Medicare levy variation declaration, you need to: a. multiply the number of children shown at question 12 by 4,338 and add the result to 47,238 b. divide the result of (a) by 52 c. round the result of (b) to the nearest cent. a. multiply the number of children shown at question 12 by 4,338 and add the result to 47,238 b. divide the result of (a) by 52 c. round the result of (b) to the nearest cent. Example: If the payee has shown two dependent children at question 12: WFT = ([4,338 × 2] + 47,238) ÷ 52 WFT = 1,075.2692 or $1,075.27 (rounded to the nearest cent) Shading out point (SOP) The SOP relative to a payee's WFT is calculated as follows: Multiply WFT by 0.1 and divide the result by 0.0800. Ignore any cents in the result. Example: Payee has shown six dependent children at question 12 and scale 2 is applied: WFT = ([4,338 × 6] + 47,238) ÷ 52 WFT = 1,408.9615 or $1,408.96(rounded to the nearest cent) SOP = (WFT × 0.1) ÷ 0.0800 SOP = ($1,408.96 × 0.1) ÷ 0.0800 SOP = 1,761.2000 or $1,761 (ignoring cents) Example: Payee has shown six dependent children at question 12 and scale 2 is applied: WFT = ([4,338 × 6] + 47,238) ÷ 52 WFT = 1,408.9615 or $1,408.96(rounded to the nearest cent) SOP = (WFT × 0.1) ÷ 0.0800 SOP = ($1,408.96 × 0.1) ÷ 0.0800 SOP = 1,761.2000 or $1,761 (ignoring cents) Weekly levy adjustment (WLA) Where Scale 2 is applied Where weekly earnings are $538 or more but less than the SOP, the WLA is derived by applying the weekly earnings ( x ) expressed in whole dollars plus an amount of 99 cents (refer to the section 'Working out the weekly earnings' in this schedule), in the following formulas: 1. If x is less than $673, WLA = ( x − 538.67) × 0.1 2. If x is $673 or more but less than WFT, WLA = x × 0.0200 3. If x is equal to or greater than WFT and less than the SOP, WLA = (WFT × 0.0200) − ([ x − WFT] × 0.0800) 1. If x is less than $673, WLA = ( x − 538.67) × 0.1 2. If x is $673 or more but less than WFT, WLA = x × 0.0200 3. If x is equal to or greater than WFT and less than the SOP, WLA = (WFT × 0.0200) − ([ x − WFT] × 0.0800) Where Scale 6 is applied Where weekly earnings are $908 or more but less than the SOP, the WLA is derived by applying the weekly earnings (x) expressed in whole dollars plus an amount of 99 cents (refer to the section 'Working out the weekly earnings' in this schedule), in the following formulas: 1. If x is less than $1,135, WLA = ( x − 908.42) × 0.05 2. If x is $1,135 or more but less than WFT, WLA = x × 0.0100 3. If x is equal to or greater than WFT and less than the SOP, WLA =(WFT × 0.0100) − ([ x − WFT] × 0.0400) 1. If x is less than $1,135, WLA = ( x − 908.42) × 0.05 2. If x is $1,135 or more but less than WFT, WLA = x × 0.0100 3. If x is equal to or greater than WFT and less than the SOP, WLA =(WFT × 0.0100) − ([ x − WFT] × 0.0400) In each case, WLA should be rounded to the nearest dollar. Values ending in 50 cents should be rounded up to the next dollar. Examples Example 1: Payee's weekly earnings are $633.06 and Scale 2 is applied. x = 633.99 As x is less than $673, WLA is calculated using formula (1): WLA = (633.99 – 538.67) × 0.1 = 9.5320 or $10.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Example 2: Payee's weekly earnings are $1,142.09 and the number of children claimed at question 12 is three. Scale 6 is applied. x = 1,142.99 WFT = ([4,338 × 3] + 47,238) ÷ 52 = 1,158.6923 or $1,158.69 (rounded to the nearest cent) As x is greater than $1,135 and less than WFT, WLA is calculated using formula (2): WLA = 1,142.99 × 0.01 = 11.4299 or $11.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Example 3: Payee's weekly earnings are $1,319.21 and the number of children claimed at question 12 is four. Scale 2 is applied. x = 1,319.99 WFT = ([4,338 × 4] + 47,238) ÷ 52 = 1,242.1154 or $1,242.12 (rounded to the nearest cent) SOP = (1,242.12 × 0.1) ÷ 0.08 = 1,552.6500 or $1,552 (ignoring cents) As x is greater than WFT and less than SOP, WLA is calculated using formula (3): WLA = (1,242.12 × 0.020) − ([1,319.99 – 1,242.12] × 0.0800) = 18.6128 or $19.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Example 1: Payee's weekly earnings are $633.06 and Scale 2 is applied. x = 633.99 As x is less than $673, WLA is calculated using formula (1): WLA = (633.99 – 538.67) × 0.1 = 9.5320 or $10.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Example 2: Payee's weekly earnings are $1,142.09 and the number of children claimed at question 12 is three. Scale 6 is applied. x = 1,142.99 WFT = ([4,338 × 3] + 47,238) ÷ 52 = 1,158.6923 or $1,158.69 (rounded to the nearest cent) As x is greater than $1,135 and less than WFT, WLA is calculated using formula (2): WLA = 1,142.99 × 0.01 = 11.4299 or $11.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Example 3: Payee's weekly earnings are $1,319.21 and the number of children claimed at question 12 is four. Scale 2 is applied. x = 1,319.99 WFT = ([4,338 × 4] + 47,238) ÷ 52 = 1,242.1154 or $1,242.12 (rounded to the nearest cent) SOP = (1,242.12 × 0.1) ÷ 0.08 = 1,552.6500 or $1,552 (ignoring cents) As x is greater than WFT and less than SOP, WLA is calculated using formula (3): WLA = (1,242.12 × 0.020) − ([1,319.99 – 1,242.12] × 0.0800) = 18.6128 or $19.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Fortnightly levy adjustment Multiply rounded weekly levy adjustment by two. Example: Payee's fortnightly earnings are $2,026.77 and the number of children claimed at question 12 is one. Scale 2 is applied. Equivalent weekly earnings = $2,026.77 ÷ 2 = $1,013.39 x = 1,013.99 WFT = ([4,338 × 1] + 47,238) ÷ 52 = 991.8462 or $991.85 (rounded to the nearest cent) SOP = (991.85 × 0.1) ÷ 0.08 = 1,239.8125 or $1,239 (ignoring cents) As x is greater than WFT and less than SOP, formula (3) is used: WLA = (991.85 × 0.020) − ([1,013.99 − 991.85] × 0.0800) = 18.0658 or $18.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) The fortnightly levy adjustment is therefore $36.00 ($18.00 × 2). Example: Payee's fortnightly earnings are $2,026.77 and the number of children claimed at question 12 is one. Scale 2 is applied. Equivalent weekly earnings = $2,026.77 ÷ 2 = $1,013.39 x = 1,013.99 WFT = ([4,338 × 1] + 47,238) ÷ 52 = 991.8462 or $991.85 (rounded to the nearest cent) SOP = (991.85 × 0.1) ÷ 0.08 = 1,239.8125 or $1,239 (ignoring cents) As x is greater than WFT and less than SOP, formula (3) is used: WLA = (991.85 × 0.020) − ([1,013.99 − 991.85] × 0.0800) = 18.0658 or $18.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) The fortnightly levy adjustment is therefore $36.00 ($18.00 × 2). Monthly levy adjustment Multiply rounded weekly levy adjustment by 13 and divide the result by three. The result should be rounded to the nearest dollar. Example: Payee's monthly earnings are $3,066.33 and has a spouse but no children. Scale 2 is applied. Equivalent weekly earnings = ($3,066.33 + 0.01) × 3 ÷ 13 = $707.62 x = 707.99 WFT = $908.42 As x is greater than $673 and less than WFT, formula (2) applies: WLA = 707.99 × 0.0200 = 14.1598 or $14.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) The monthly adjustment is therefore $61.00 ($14.00 × 13 ÷ 3, rounded to the nearest dollar). Example: Payee's monthly earnings are $3,066.33 and has a spouse but no children. Scale 2 is applied. Equivalent weekly earnings = ($3,066.33 + 0.01) × 3 ÷ 13 = $707.62 x = 707.99 WFT = $908.42 As x is greater than $673 and less than WFT, formula (2) applies: WLA = 707.99 × 0.0200 = 14.1598 or $14.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) The monthly adjustment is therefore $61.00 ($14.00 × 13 ÷ 3, rounded to the nearest dollar). Quarterly levy adjustment Multiply rounded weekly levy adjustment by 13. General examples Example 1: Payee's weekly earnings are $1,333.45. Payee has completed a Tax file number declaration claiming the tax-free threshold. The payee has also provided a Medicare levy variation declaration with five children shown at question 12. Therefore, Scale 2 is applied. x = 1,333.99 Weekly withholding amount (y) = ( a × x ) − b = (0.3200 × 1,333.99) – 181.7319 = 245.1449 or $245 (rounded to nearest dollar) Levy adjustment: weekly earnings are greater than WFT ($1,325.54) and less than the SOP ($1,656) appropriate to a payee with five children. Formula (3) applies. = (1,325.54 × 0.0200) − ([1,333.99 − 1,325.54] × 0.0800) = 26.5108 − 0.6760 = 25.8348 or $26.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Net weekly withholding amount 245.00 − $26.00 = $219.00 Example 2: Payee's fortnightly earnings are $1,299.30. Payee resides in zone B, has provided a Tax file number declaration that claims the tax-free threshold and a Withholding declaration that claims zone and tax offsets at the tax offsets questions that totals $1,645. The payee has also lodged a Medicare levy variation declaration claiming a full exemption from the Medicare levy. Therefore, Scale 5 is applied. Convert to weekly equivalent = (1,299.30 ÷ 2) = 649.65 or $649 (ignore cents) x = 649.99 Weekly withholding amount ( y ) = ( a × x ) − b = (0.1500 × 649.99) – 54.3462 = 43.1523 or $43.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Fortnightly withholding amount $43.00 × 2 = $86.00 Tax offsets claimed at the tax offsets questions on the Withholding declaration = 3.8% of $1,645 = 62.5100 or $63.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Net fortnightly withholding amount $86.00 − $63.00 = $23.00 Example 3: Payee's monthly earnings are $5,400.33. Payee has provided a Tax file number declaration claiming the tax-free threshold and claimed a total tax offset of $1,365 at the tax offsets question on the Withholding declaration. The payee has one child but is not eligible for a Medicare levy adjustment. The weekly equivalent of the payee's earnings exceeds the Medicare levy SOP of $1,239 appropriate to a payee with one child. Therefore, Scale 2 is applied. Convert to weekly equivalent = ($5,400.33 + 0.01) × 3 ÷ 13 = 1,246.2323 or $1,246 (ignore cents) x = 1,246.99 Weekly withholding amount ( y ) = ( a × x ) − b = (0.3227 × 1,246.99) – 185.1935 = 217.2102 or $217.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Monthly withholding amount $217.00 × 13 ÷ 3 = $940.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Tax offset claimed = 8.3% of $1,365 = 113.2950 or $113.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Net monthly withholding amount $940.00 − $113.00 = $827.00 Example 1: Payee's weekly earnings are $1,333.45. Payee has completed a Tax file number declaration claiming the tax-free threshold. The payee has also provided a Medicare levy variation declaration with five children shown at question 12. Therefore, Scale 2 is applied. x = 1,333.99 Weekly withholding amount (y) = ( a × x ) − b = (0.3200 × 1,333.99) – 181.7319 = 245.1449 or $245 (rounded to nearest dollar) Levy adjustment: weekly earnings are greater than WFT ($1,325.54) and less than the SOP ($1,656) appropriate to a payee with five children. Formula (3) applies. = (1,325.54 × 0.0200) − ([1,333.99 − 1,325.54] × 0.0800) = 26.5108 − 0.6760 = 25.8348 or $26.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Net weekly withholding amount 245.00 − $26.00 = $219.00 Example 2: Payee's fortnightly earnings are $1,299.30. Payee resides in zone B, has provided a Tax file number declaration that claims the tax-free threshold and a Withholding declaration that claims zone and tax offsets at the tax offsets questions that totals $1,645. The payee has also lodged a Medicare levy variation declaration claiming a full exemption from the Medicare levy. Therefore, Scale 5 is applied. Convert to weekly equivalent = (1,299.30 ÷ 2) = 649.65 or $649 (ignore cents) x = 649.99 Weekly withholding amount ( y ) = ( a × x ) − b = (0.1500 × 649.99) – 54.3462 = 43.1523 or $43.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Fortnightly withholding amount $43.00 × 2 = $86.00 Tax offsets claimed at the tax offsets questions on the Withholding declaration = 3.8% of $1,645 = 62.5100 or $63.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Net fortnightly withholding amount $86.00 − $63.00 = $23.00 Example 3: Payee's monthly earnings are $5,400.33. Payee has provided a Tax file number declaration claiming the tax-free threshold and claimed a total tax offset of $1,365 at the tax offsets question on the Withholding declaration. The payee has one child but is not eligible for a Medicare levy adjustment. The weekly equivalent of the payee's earnings exceeds the Medicare levy SOP of $1,239 appropriate to a payee with one child. Therefore, Scale 2 is applied. Convert to weekly equivalent = ($5,400.33 + 0.01) × 3 ÷ 13 = 1,246.2323 or $1,246 (ignore cents) x = 1,246.99 Weekly withholding amount ( y ) = ( a × x ) − b = (0.3227 × 1,246.99) – 185.1935 = 217.2102 or $217.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Monthly withholding amount $217.00 × 13 ÷ 3 = $940.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Tax offset claimed = 8.3% of $1,365 = 113.2950 or $113.00 (rounded to nearest dollar) Net monthly withholding amount $940.00 − $113.00 = $827.00 Calculating withholding amounts for payments made on a daily or casual basis The withholding amounts shown in the Tax table for daily and casual workers can be expressed in a mathematical form, using the formulas and coefficients provided. To work out withholding amounts using the formulas: 1. Multiply earnings (ignoring any cents) by five to work out the weekly equivalent. Add 99 cents to the result. 2. Calculate the weekly amount by applying the coefficients at Scale 2 where a payee is claiming the tax-free threshold. (The payee must have claimed the tax-free threshold to use the Tax table for daily and casual workers .) 3. Round the result to the nearest dollar. 4. Divide this amount by five to convert it to the daily equivalent. 5. Round the daily withholding amount to the nearest dollar. 1. Multiply earnings (ignoring any cents) by five to work out the weekly equivalent. Add 99 cents to the result. 2. Calculate the weekly amount by applying the coefficients at Scale 2 where a payee is claiming the tax-free threshold. (The payee must have claimed the tax-free threshold to use the Tax table for daily and casual workers .) 3. Round the result to the nearest dollar. 4. Divide this amount by five to convert it to the daily equivalent. 5. Round the daily withholding amount to the nearest dollar. Where the payee is entitled to the seniors and pensioners tax offset, use the appropriate coefficients from Schedule 9 – Tax table for seniors and pensioners. Sample data Withholding amounts Weekly withholding amounts Amounts to be withheld, weekly Weekly earnings $ Scale 1 No tax-free threshold $ Scale 2 With tax-free threshold $ Scale 3 Foreign resident $ Scale 5 Full Medicare exemption $ Scale 6 Half Medicare exemption $ 116 17.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 117 18.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 187 28.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 188 28.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 249 41.00 0.00 75.00 0.00 0.00 250 41.00 0.00 75.00 0.00 0.00 361 64.00 0.00 108.00 0.00 0.00 362 65.00 0.00 109.00 0.00 0.00 370 66.00 1.00 111.00 1.00 1.00 371 66.00 1.00 111.00 1.00 1.00 514 92.00 23.00 154.00 23.00 23.00 515 92.00 23.00 154.00 23.00 23.00 537 99.00 26.00 161.00 26.00 26.00 538 100.00 27.00 161.00 27.00 27.00 672 143.00 60.00 202.00 47.00 47.00 673 143.00 60.00 202.00 47.00 47.00 720 158.00 68.00 216.00 54.00 54.00 721 159.00 68.00 216.00 54.00 54.00 864 205.00 94.00 259.00 77.00 77.00 865 205.00 94.00 259.00 77.00 77.00 907 219.00 108.00 272.00 90.00 90.00 908 219.00 108.00 272.00 90.00 90.00 931 227.00 116.00 279.00 97.00 98.00 932 227.00 116.00 280.00 97.00 98.00 1,134 292.00 181.00 340.00 158.00 170.00 1,135 292.00 181.00 340.00 159.00 170.00 1,281 339.00 229.00 384.00 203.00 216.00 1,282 339.00 229.00 385.00 203.00 216.00 1,844 519.00 409.00 553.00 372.00 390.00 1,845 519.00 409.00 553.00 372.00 391.00 2,119 607.00 497.00 636.00 454.00 475.00 2,120 607.00 497.00 636.00 455.00 476.00 2,245 647.00 537.00 673.00 492.00 515.00 2,246 647.00 537.00 674.00 492.00 515.00 2,490 743.00 615.00 747.00 566.00 590.00 2,491 743.00 616.00 747.00 566.00 591.00 2,595 784.00 649.00 778.00 597.00 623.00 2,596 784.00 649.00 779.00 597.00 623.00 2,652 806.00 671.00 800.00 618.00 645.00 2,653 806.00 672.00 800.00 619.00 645.00 2,736 839.00 704.00 831.00 649.00 677.00 2,737 839.00 704.00 831.00 650.00 677.00 2,898 902.00 767.00 891.00 709.00 738.00 2,899 902.00 768.00 891.00 710.00 739.00 3,302 1,059.00 925.00 1,040.00 859.00 892.00 3,303 1,060.00 925.00 1,041.00 859.00 892.00 3,652 1,224.00 1,061.00 1,170.00 988.00 1,025.00 3,653 1,224.00 1,062.00 1,170.00 989.00 1,025.00 Fortnightly withholding amounts Amounts to be withheld, fortnightly Fortnightly earnings $ Scale 1 No tax-free threshold $ Scale 2 With tax-free threshold $ Scale 3 Foreign resident $ Scale 5 Full Medicare exemption $ Scale 6 Half Medicare exemption $ 232 34.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 234 36.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 374 56.00 0.00 112.00 0.00 0.00 376 56.00 0.00 112.00 0.00 0.00 498 82.00 0.00 150.00 0.00 0.00 500 82.00 0.00 150.00 0.00 0.00 722 128.00 0.00 216.00 0.00 0.00 724 130.00 0.00 218.00 0.00 0.00 740 132.00 2.00 222.00 2.00 2.00 742 132.00 2.00 222.00 2.00 2.00 1,028 184.00 46.00 308.00 46.00 46.00 1,030 184.00 46.00 308.00 46.00 46.00 1,074 198.00 52.00 322.00 52.00 52.00 1,076 200.00 54.00 322.00 54.00 54.00 1,344 286.00 120.00 404.00 94.00 94.00 1,346 286.00 120.00 404.00 94.00 94.00 1,440 316.00 136.00 432.00 108.00 108.00 1,442 318.00 136.00 432.00 108.00 108.00 1,728 410.00 188.00 518.00 154.00 154.00 1,730 410.00 188.00 518.00 154.00 154.00 1,814 438.00 216.00 544.00 180.00 180.00 1,816 438.00 216.00 544.00 180.00 180.00 1,862 454.00 232.00 558.00 194.00 196.00 1,864 454.00 232.00 560.00 194.00 196.00 2,268 584.00 362.00 680.00 316.00 340.00 2,270 584.00 362.00 680.00 318.00 340.00 2,562 678.00 458.00 768.00 406.00 432.00 2,564 678.00 458.00 770.00 406.00 432.00 3,688 1,038.00 818.00 1,106.00 744.00 780.00 3,690 1,038.00 818.00 1,106.00 744.00 782.00 4,238 1,214.00 994.00 1,272.00 908.00 950.00 4,240 1,214.00 994.00 1,272.00 910.00 952.00 4,490 1,294.00 1,074.00 1,346.00 984.00 1,030.00 4,492 1,294.00 1,074.00 1,348.00 984.00 1,030.00 4,980 1,486.00 1,230.00 1,494.00 1,132.00 1,180.00 4,982 1,486.00 1,232.00 1,494.00 1,132.00 1,182.00 5,190 1,568.00 1,298.00 1,556.00 1,194.00 1,246.00 5,192 1,568.00 1,298.00 1,558.00 1,194.00 1,246.00 5,304 1,612.00 1,342.00 1,600.00 1,236.00 1,290.00 5,306 1,612.00 1,344.00 1,600.00 1,238.00 1,290.00 5,472 1,678.00 1,408.00 1,662.00 1,298.00 1,354.00 5,474 1,678.00 1,408.00 1,662.00 1,300.00 1,354.00 5,796 1,804.00 1,534.00 1,782.00 1,418.00 1,476.00 5,798 1,804.00 1,536.00 1,782.00 1,420.00 1,478.00 6,604 2,118.00 1,850.00 2,080.00 1,718.00 1,784.00 6,606 2,120.00 1,850.00 2,082.00 1,718.00 1,784.00 7,304 2,448.00 2,122.00 2,340.00 1,976.00 2,050.00 7,306 2,448.00 2,124.00 2,340.00 1,978.00 2,050.00 Monthly withholding amounts Amounts to be withheld, monthly Monthly earnings $ Scale 1 No tax-free threshold $ Scale 2 With tax-free threshold $ Scale 3 Foreign resident $ Scale 5 Full Medicare exemption $ Scale 6 Half Medicare exemption $ 502.67 74.00 0.00 152.00 0.00 0.00 507.00 78.00 0.00 152.00 0.00 0.00 810.33 121.00 0.00 243.00 0.00 0.00 814.67 121.00 0.00 243.00 0.00 0.00 1,079.00 178.00 0.00 325.00 0.00 0.00 1,083.33 178.00 0.00 325.00 0.00 0.00 1,564.33 277.00 0.00 468.00 0.00 0.00 1,568.67 282.00 0.00 472.00 0.00 0.00 1,603.33 286.00 4.00 481.00 4.00 4.00 1,607.67 286.00 4.00 481.00 4.00 4.00 2,227.33 399.00 100.00 667.00 100.00 100.00 2,231.67 399.00 100.00 667.00 100.00 100.00 2,327.00 429.00 113.00 698.00 113.00 113.00 2,331.33 433.00 117.00 698.00 117.00 117.00 2,912.00 620.00 260.00 875.00 204.00 204.00 2,916.33 620.00 260.00 875.00 204.00 204.00 3,120.00 685.00 295.00 936.00 234.00 234.00 3,124.33 689.00 295.00 936.00 234.00 234.00 3,744.00 888.00 407.00 1,122.00 334.00 334.00 3,748.33 888.00 407.00 1,122.00 334.00 334.00 3,930.33 949.00 468.00 1,179.00 390.00 390.00 3,934.67 949.00 468.00 1,179.00 390.00 390.00 4,034.33 984.00 503.00 1,209.00 420.00 425.00 4,038.67 984.00 503.00 1,213.00 420.00 425.00 4,914.00 1,265.00 784.00 1,473.00 685.00 737.00 4,918.33 1,265.00 784.00 1,473.00 689.00 737.00 5,551.00 1,469.00 992.00 1,664.00 880.00 936.00 5,555.33 1,469.00 992.00 1,668.00 880.00 936.00 7,990.67 2,249.00 1,772.00 2,396.00 1,612.00 1,690.00 7,995.00 2,249.00 1,772.00 2,396.00 1,612.00 1,694.00 9,182.33 2,630.00 2,154.00 2,756.00 1,967.00 2,058.00 9,186.67 2,630.00 2,154.00 2,756.00 1,972.00 2,063.00 9,728.33 2,804.00 2,327.00 2,916.00 2,132.00 2,232.00 9,732.67 2,804.00 2,327.00 2,921.00 2,132.00 2,232.00 10,790.00 3,220.00 2,665.00 3,237.00 2,453.00 2,557.00 10,794.33 3,220.00 2,669.00 3,237.00 2,453.00 2,561.00 11,245.00 3,397.00 2,812.00 3,371.00 2,587.00 2,700.00 11,249.33 3,397.00 2,812.00 3,376.00 2,587.00 2,700.00 11,492.00 3,493.00 2,908.00 3,467.00 2,678.00 2,795.00 11,496.33 3,493.00 2,912.00 3,467.00 2,682.00 2,795.00 11,856.00 3,636.00 3,051.00 3,601.00 2,812.00 2,934.00 11,860.33 3,636.00 3,051.00 3,601.00 2,817.00 2,934.00 12,558.00 3,909.00 3,324.00 3,861.00 3,072.00 3,198.00 12,562.33 3,909.00 3,328.00 3,861.00 3,077.00 3,202.00 14,308.67 4,589.00 4,008.00 4,507.00 3,722.00 3,865.00 14,313.00 4,593.00 4,008.00 4,511.00 3,722.00 3,865.00 15,825.33 5,304.00 4,598.00 5,070.00 4,281.00 4,442.00 15,829.67 5,304.00 4,602.00 5,070.00 4,286.00 4,442.00 Medicare level adjustment – Scale 2 Weekly Medicare levy adjustment Adjustment amount, weekly Weekly earnings $ Spouse only $ 1 child $ 2 children $ 3 children $ 4 children $ 5 children $ 537 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 538 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 604 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 605 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 672 13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 673 13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 706 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 707 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 740 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 741 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 774 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 775 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 808 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 809 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 842 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 843 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 876 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 877 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 910 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 911 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 944 15.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 945 15.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 978 13.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 979 12.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 1,012 10.00 18.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 1,013 10.00 18.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 1,046 7.00 15.00 21.00 21.00 21.00 21.00 1,047 7.00 15.00 21.00 21.00 21.00 21.00 1,080 4.00 13.00 21.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 1,081 4.00 13.00 21.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 1,114 2.00 10.00 18.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 1,115 2.00 10.00 18.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 1,148 0.00 7.00 16.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 1,149 0.00 7.00 16.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 1,182 0.00 5.00 13.00 21.00 24.00 24.00 1,183 0.00 4.00 13.00 21.00 24.00 24.00 1,216 0.00 2.00 10.00 19.00 24.00 24.00 1,217 0.00 2.00 10.00 18.00 24.00 24.00 1,250 0.00 0.00 7.00 16.00 24.00 25.00 1,251 0.00 0.00 7.00 16.00 24.00 25.00 1,284 0.00 0.00 5.00 13.00 21.00 26.00 1,285 0.00 0.00 5.00 13.00 21.00 26.00 1,318 0.00 0.00 2.00 10.00 19.00 26.00 1,319 0.00 0.00 2.00 10.00 19.00 26.00 1,551 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 1,552 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 1,655 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,656 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Fortnightly Medicare levy adjustment Adjustment amount, fortnightly Fortnightly earnings $ Spouse only $ 1 child $ 2 children $ 3 children $ 4 children $ 5 children $ 1,074 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,076 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,208 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 1,210 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 1,344 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00 1,346 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00 1,412 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 1,414 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 1,480 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 1,482 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 1,548 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 1,550 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 1,616 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 1,618 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 1,684 34.00 34.00 34.00 34.00 34.00 34.00 1,686 34.00 34.00 34.00 34.00 34.00 34.00 1,752 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 1,754 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 1,820 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 1,822 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 1,888 30.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 1,890 30.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 1,956 26.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 1,958 24.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 2,024 20.00 36.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 2,026 20.00 36.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 2,092 14.00 30.00 42.00 42.00 42.00 42.00 2,094 14.00 30.00 42.00 42.00 42.00 42.00 2,160 8.00 26.00 42.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 2,162 8.00 26.00 42.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 2,228 4.00 20.00 36.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 2,230 4.00 20.00 36.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 2,296 0.00 14.00 32.00 46.00 46.00 46.00 2,298 0.00 14.00 32.00 46.00 46.00 46.00 2,364 0.00 10.00 26.00 42.00 48.00 48.00 2,366 0.00 8.00 26.00 42.00 48.00 48.00 2,432 0.00 4.00 20.00 38.00 48.00 48.00 2,434 0.00 4.00 20.00 36.00 48.00 48.00 2,500 0.00 0.00 14.00 32.00 48.00 50.00 2,502 0.00 0.00 14.00 32.00 48.00 50.00 2,568 0.00 0.00 10.00 26.00 42.00 52.00 2,570 0.00 0.00 10.00 26.00 42.00 52.00 2,636 0.00 0.00 4.00 20.00 38.00 52.00 2,638 0.00 0.00 4.00 20.00 38.00 52.00 3,102 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 16.00 3,104 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 16.00 3,310 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3,312 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Monthly Medicare levy adjustment Adjustment amount, monthly Monthly earnings $ Spouse only $ 1 child $ 2 children $ 3 children $ 4 children $ 5 children $ 2,327.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,331.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,617.33 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 2,621.67 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 2,912.00 56.00 56.00 56.00 56.00 56.00 56.00 2,916.33 56.00 56.00 56.00 56.00 56.00 56.00 3,059.33 61.00 61.00 61.00 61.00 61.00 61.00 3,063.67 61.00 61.00 61.00 61.00 61.00 61.00 3,206.67 65.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 3,211.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 3,354.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 3,358.33 69.00 69.00 69.00 69.00 69.00 69.00 3,501.33 69.00 69.00 69.00 69.00 69.00 69.00 3,505.67 69.00 69.00 69.00 69.00 69.00 69.00 3,648.67 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 3,653.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 3,796.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 3,800.33 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 3,943.33 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 3,947.67 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 4,090.67 65.00 82.00 82.00 82.00 82.00 82.00 4,095.00 65.00 82.00 82.00 82.00 82.00 82.00 4,238.00 56.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 4,242.33 52.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 4,385.33 43.00 78.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 4,389.67 43.00 78.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 4,532.67 30.00 65.00 91.00 91.00 91.00 91.00 4,537.00 30.00 65.00 91.00 91.00 91.00 91.00 4,680.00 17.00 56.00 91.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 4,684.33 17.00 56.00 91.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 4,827.33 9.00 43.00 78.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 4,831.67 9.00 43.00 78.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 4,974.67 0.00 30.00 69.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 4,979.00 0.00 30.00 69.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 5,122.00 0.00 22.00 56.00 91.00 104.00 104.00 5,126.33 0.00 17.00 56.00 91.00 104.00 104.00 5,269.33 0.00 9.00 43.00 82.00 104.00 104.00 5,273.67 0.00 9.00 43.00 78.00 104.00 104.00 5,416.67 0.00 0.00 30.00 69.00 104.00 108.00 5,421.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 69.00 104.00 108.00 5,564.00 0.00 0.00 22.00 56.00 91.00 113.00 5,568.33 0.00 0.00 22.00 56.00 91.00 113.00 5,711.33 0.00 0.00 9.00 43.00 82.00 113.00 5,715.67 0.00 0.00 9.00 43.00 82.00 113.00 6,721.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 6,725.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 7,171.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7,176.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Medicare half-levy adjustment – Scale 6 Weekly Medicare half-levy adjustment Adjustment amount, weekly half-levy Weekly earnings $ 1 child $ 2 children $ 3 children $ 4 children $ 5 children $ 907 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 908 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,020 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 1,021 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 1,134 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 1,135 4.00 8.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 1,154 3.00 8.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 1,155 3.00 8.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 1,174 3.00 7.00 11.00 12.00 12.00 1,175 3.00 7.00 11.00 12.00 12.00 1,194 2.00 6.00 10.00 12.00 12.00 1,195 2.00 6.00 10.00 12.00 12.00 1,214 1.00 5.00 9.00 12.00 12.00 1,215 1.00 5.00 9.00 12.00 12.00 1,234 0.00 4.00 9.00 12.00 12.00 1,235 0.00 4.00 8.00 12.00 12.00 1,254 0.00 4.00 8.00 12.00 13.00 1,255 0.00 4.00 8.00 12.00 13.00 1,274 0.00 3.00 7.00 11.00 13.00 1,275 0.00 3.00 7.00 11.00 13.00 1,294 0.00 2.00 6.00 10.00 13.00 1,295 0.00 2.00 6.00 10.00 13.00 1,314 0.00 1.00 5.00 10.00 13.00 1,315 0.00 1.00 5.00 9.00 13.00 1,334 0.00 0.00 5.00 9.00 13.00 1,335 0.00 0.00 4.00 9.00 13.00 1,354 0.00 0.00 4.00 8.00 12.00 1,355 0.00 0.00 4.00 8.00 12.00 1,374 0.00 0.00 3.00 7.00 11.00 1,375 0.00 0.00 3.00 7.00 11.00 1,394 0.00 0.00 2.00 6.00 10.00 1,395 0.00 0.00 2.00 6.00 10.00 1,414 0.00 0.00 1.00 6.00 10.00 1,415 0.00 0.00 1.00 5.00 10.00 1,434 0.00 0.00 1.00 5.00 9.00 1,435 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 9.00 1,454 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 8.00 1,455 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 8.00 1,474 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 7.00 1,475 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 7.00 1,494 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 6.00 1,495 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 6.00 1,514 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 6.00 1,515 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 6.00 1,551 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 1,552 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 1,655 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,656 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Fortnightly Medicare half-levy adjustment Adjustment amount, fortnightly half-levy Fortnightly earnings $ 1 child $ 2 children $ 3 children $ 4 children $ 5 children $ 1,814 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,816 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,040 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 2,042 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 2,268 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 2,270 8.00 16.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 2,308 6.00 16.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 2,310 6.00 16.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 2,348 6.00 14.00 22.00 24.00 24.00 2,350 6.00 14.00 22.00 24.00 24.00 2,388 4.00 12.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 2,390 4.00 12.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 2,428 2.00 10.00 18.00 24.00 24.00 2,430 2.00 10.00 18.00 24.00 24.00 2,468 0.00 8.00 18.00 24.00 24.00 2,470 0.00 8.00 16.00 24.00 24.00 2,508 0.00 8.00 16.00 24.00 26.00 2,510 0.00 8.00 16.00 24.00 26.00 2,548 0.00 6.00 14.00 22.00 26.00 2,550 0.00 6.00 14.00 22.00 26.00 2,588 0.00 4.00 12.00 20.00 26.00 2,590 0.00 4.00 12.00 20.00 26.00 2,628 0.00 2.00 10.00 20.00 26.00 2,630 0.00 2.00 10.00 18.00 26.00 2,668 0.00 0.00 10.00 18.00 26.00 2,670 0.00 0.00 8.00 18.00 26.00 2,708 0.00 0.00 8.00 16.00 24.00 2,710 0.00 0.00 8.00 16.00 24.00 2,748 0.00 0.00 6.00 14.00 22.00 2,750 0.00 0.00 6.00 14.00 22.00 2,788 0.00 0.00 4.00 12.00 20.00 2,790 0.00 0.00 4.00 12.00 20.00 2,828 0.00 0.00 2.00 12.00 20.00 2,830 0.00 0.00 2.00 10.00 20.00 2,868 0.00 0.00 2.00 10.00 18.00 2,870 0.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 18.00 2,908 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 16.00 2,910 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 16.00 2,948 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 14.00 2,950 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 14.00 2,988 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 12.00 2,990 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 12.00 3,028 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 12.00 3,030 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 12.00 3,102 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 3,104 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 3,310 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3,312 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Monthly Medicare half-levy adjustment Adjustment amount, monthly half-levy Monthly earnings $ 1 child $ 2 children $ 3 children $ 4 children $ 5 children $ 3,930.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3,934.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4,420.00 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00 4,424.33 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00 4,914.00 48.00 48.00 48.00 48.00 48.00 4,918.33 17.00 35.00 48.00 48.00 48.00 5,000.67 13.00 35.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 5,005.00 13.00 35.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 5,087.33 13.00 30.00 48.00 52.00 52.00 5,091.67 13.00 30.00 48.00 52.00 52.00 5,174.00 9.00 26.00 43.00 52.00 52.00 5,178.33 9.00 26.00 43.00 52.00 52.00 5,260.67 4.00 22.00 39.00 52.00 52.00 5,265.00 4.00 22.00 39.00 52.00 52.00 5,347.33 0.00 17.00 39.00 52.00 52.00 5,351.67 0.00 17.00 35.00 52.00 52.00 5,434.00 0.00 17.00 35.00 52.00 56.00 5,438.33 0.00 17.00 35.00 52.00 56.00 5,520.67 0.00 13.00 30.00 48.00 56.00 5,525.00 0.00 13.00 30.00 48.00 56.00 5,607.33 0.00 9.00 26.00 43.00 56.00 5,611.67 0.00 9.00 26.00 43.00 56.00 5,694.00 0.00 4.00 22.00 43.00 56.00 5,698.33 0.00 4.00 22.00 39.00 56.00 5,780.67 0.00 0.00 22.00 39.00 56.00 5,785.00 0.00 0.00 17.00 39.00 56.00 5,867.33 0.00 0.00 17.00 35.00 52.00 5,871.67 0.00 0.00 17.00 35.00 52.00 5,954.00 0.00 0.00 13.00 30.00 48.00 5,958.33 0.00 0.00 13.00 30.00 48.00 6,040.67 0.00 0.00 9.00 26.00 43.00 6,045.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 26.00 43.00 6,127.33 0.00 0.00 4.00 26.00 43.00 6,131.67 0.00 0.00 4.00 22.00 43.00 6,214.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 22.00 39.00 6,218.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 22.00 39.00 6,300.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.00 35.00 6,305.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.00 35.00 6,387.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 13.00 30.00 6,391.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 13.00 30.00 6,474.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 26.00 6,478.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 26.00 6,560.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 26.00 6,565.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 26.00 6,721.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.00 6,725.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.00 7,171.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7,176.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Payee declarations Tax file number (TFN) declarations The answers your payees provide on their Tax file number declaration help determine the amount you need to withhold from their payments. A Tax file number declaration applies to any payments made after you receive the declaration. If you receive an updated declaration from a payee, it will override the previous one. If a payee does not give you a valid Tax file number declaration within 14 days of starting a payer-payee relationship, you must tell us by: • providing employment and tax information about your payee in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the payee and sending it to us. • providing employment and tax information about your payee in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the payee and sending it to us. When a TFN has not been provided You must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident payee and 45% from a foreign resident payee, (ignoring any cents), if all of the following apply: • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. If a payee states at question 1 of the Tax file number declaration they have lodged a Tax file number – application or enquiry for individuals with us, they have 28 days to provide you with their TFN. If the payee has not given you their TFN within 28 days, you must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident payee and 45% from a foreign resident payee (ignoring any cents) unless we tell you not to. Do not allow for any tax offsets or Medicare levy adjustments. Do not withhold any amount for study and training support loans. When your payee is a foreign resident If your payee has answered that they are a foreign resident on their Tax file number declaration, you will need to use the foreign resident tax rates. There are two ways you can withhold from a foreign resident's earnings: • If the payee has given you a valid TFN, use Scale 3 • If the payee has not given you a valid TFN, use Scale 4. • If the payee has given you a valid TFN, use Scale 3 • If the payee has not given you a valid TFN, use Scale 4. Foreign residents cannot claim tax offsets to reduce withholding. If your foreign resident payee has claimed a tax offset on the Withholding declaration, don't make any adjustments to the amount you withhold. Withholding declarations A payee may use a Withholding declaration to advise you of a tax offset they choose to claim through reduced withholding from you. Payees can also use a Withholding declaration to advise you of any changes to their circumstances that may affect the amount you need to withhold from their payments. Changes that may affect the amount you need to withhold include the payee: • becoming or ceasing to be an Australian resident for tax purposes • claiming or discontinuing a claim for the tax-free threshold • advising of a Higher Education Loan Program (HELP), VET Student Loans (VSL), Financial Supplement (FS), Student Start-up Loan (SSL) or Australian Apprenticeship Support Loan (AASL) debt, or changes to them • claiming an entitlement to a seniors and pensioners tax offset. • becoming or ceasing to be an Australian resident for tax purposes • claiming or discontinuing a claim for the tax-free threshold • advising of a Higher Education Loan Program (HELP), VET Student Loans (VSL), Financial Supplement (FS), Student Start-up Loan (SSL) or Australian Apprenticeship Support Loan (AASL) debt, or changes to them • claiming an entitlement to a seniors and pensioners tax offset. When your payee provides you with a Withholding declaration it will take effect from the next payment you make. If you receive an updated declaration from a payee, it will replace the previous one. A payee must have provided you with a valid Tax file number declaration before they can provide you with a Withholding declaration. Claiming tax offsets If your payee chooses to claim their entitlement to a tax offset through reduced withholding, they must provide you with a Withholding declaration. To work out a payee's annual tax offset entitlement into a weekly, fortnightly, monthly or quarterly amount, refer to the section on 'Tax offsets' in this schedule. Do not allow for any tax offsets if any of the following apply: • where no tax-free threshold is claimed • you are using foreign resident rates • when a payee does not provide you with their TFN. • where no tax-free threshold is claimed • you are using foreign resident rates • when a payee does not provide you with their TFN. When your payee has a study and training support loan debt If your payee has a HELP, VSL, FS, SSL or AASL debt, you may need to withhold additional amounts from their payments. Your payee will need to notify you of this on their Tax file number declaration or Withholding declaration. Next step: To calculate additional withholding amounts for: • HELP, VSL, FS, SSL or AASL debts, refer to either: – Study and training support loans weekly tax table – Study and training support loans fortnightly tax table – Study and training support loans monthly tax table • Statement of formulas, refer to Schedule 8 – Statement of formulas for calculating study and training support loans components. • HELP, VSL, FS, SSL or AASL debts, refer to either: – Study and training support loans weekly tax table – Study and training support loans fortnightly tax table – Study and training support loans monthly tax table • Statement of formulas, refer to Schedule 8 – Statement of formulas for calculating study and training support loans components. – Study and training support loans weekly tax table – Study and training support loans fortnightly tax table – Study and training support loans monthly tax table Payees who are entitled to a reduction of Medicare levy, or do not have to pay the Medicare levy because of low family income, will not have to make a compulsory HELP, VSL, FS, SSL or AASL repayment for that year. The exemption from making a compulsory study and training support loans repayment may be claimed on the Medicare levy variation declaration. Allowances, leave and other payments Allowances Generally, allowances are added to normal earnings and the amount to withhold is calculated on the total amount of earnings and allowances. For more information on when to withhold and report on allowances, refer to Withholding for allowances. Leave loading If you pay leave loading to an employee as a lump sum, use Schedule 5 – Tax table for back payments, commissions, bonuses and similar payments to calculate withholding. If you pay leave loading on a pro-rata basis, add the leave loading payment to earnings for that period to calculate withholding. Leave payments and termination payments made to employees Employees who continue working for you You must include leave payments (including any leave loading) and long service leave payments as part of normal earnings, except when they are paid on termination of employment. For more information, see Withholding from leave payments for continuing employees. Employees who stop working for you This schedule does not cover any lump sum payments made to an employee who stops working for you. If an employee has unused annual leave, leave loading or long service leave, refer to Schedule 7 – Tax table for unused leave payments on termination of employment. Any other lump sum payments may be employment termination payments, refer to Schedule 11 – Tax table for employment termination payments. Do not withhold any amount for study and training support loans debt from lump sum termination payments. This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by section 12-35 of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if you make payments to individuals in the horticultural industry who: • work in any process associated with the production, cultivation or harvest of a horticultural crop • perform the process on the grower's property • do not work for the same grower for a continuous period exceeding six months • have given you a valid Tax file number declaration and have claimed the tax-free threshold. • work in any process associated with the production, cultivation or harvest of a horticultural crop • perform the process on the grower's property • do not work for the same grower for a continuous period exceeding six months • have given you a valid Tax file number declaration and have claimed the tax-free threshold. Also, use this schedule if you make payments to individuals in the shearing industry who: • work as shearers, crutchers, wool classers, cooks, shed hands and pressers • do not work for the same woolgrower for a continuous period exceeding six months • have given you a valid Tax file number declaration and have claimed the tax-free threshold. • work as shearers, crutchers, wool classers, cooks, shed hands and pressers • do not work for the same woolgrower for a continuous period exceeding six months • have given you a valid Tax file number declaration and have claimed the tax-free threshold. For all other circumstances, use the relevant PAYG withholding weekly or fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables . If you employ individuals under a working holiday maker visa, you must use Schedule 15 – Tax table for working holiday makers. If you employ individuals under a Seasonal Worker Programme, Pacific Labour Scheme or Pacific Australia Labour Mobility scheme, this schedule does not apply. Working out the withholding amount To work out the amount you need to withhold you must: 1. Input your worker's total earnings (ignoring any cents) into the Withholding lookup tool. 2. Use the appropriate column to find the correct amount to withhold: – Column 2 if the resident worker has given you a TFN – Column 3 if the resident worker has not given you a TFN – Column 4 if the foreign resident worker has given you a TFN – Column 5 if the foreign resident worker has not given you a TFN. 1. Input your worker's total earnings (ignoring any cents) into the Withholding lookup tool. 2. Use the appropriate column to find the correct amount to withhold: – Column 2 if the resident worker has given you a TFN – Column 3 if the resident worker has not given you a TFN – Column 4 if the foreign resident worker has given you a TFN – Column 5 if the foreign resident worker has not given you a TFN. – Column 2 if the resident worker has given you a TFN – Column 3 if the resident worker has not given you a TFN – Column 4 if the foreign resident worker has given you a TFN – Column 5 if the foreign resident worker has not given you a TFN. Note: When using this schedule do not: • withhold an amount for study and training support loans, or • adjust the withholding amount for a worker who is claiming a Medicare levy exemption or reduction, or a tax offset. • withhold an amount for study and training support loans, or • adjust the withholding amount for a worker who is claiming a Medicare levy exemption or reduction, or a tax offset. These adjustments do not apply to this schedule. Example: A worker has earnings of $231.50. To work out the correct amount to withhold, ignore cents, input $231 into the Withholding lookup tool . If the worker is: • a resident and has given you a TFN, use column 2 to find the correct amount to withhold ($30) • a resident and has not given you a TFN, use column 3 to find the correct amount to withhold ($108) • a foreign resident and has given you a TFN, use column 4 to find the correct amount to withhold ($69) • a foreign resident and has not given you a TFN, use column 5 to find the correct amount to withhold ($103). Example: A worker has earnings of $231.50. To work out the correct amount to withhold, ignore cents, input $231 into the Withholding lookup tool . If the worker is: • a resident and has given you a TFN, use column 2 to find the correct amount to withhold ($30) • a resident and has not given you a TFN, use column 3 to find the correct amount to withhold ($108) • a foreign resident and has given you a TFN, use column 4 to find the correct amount to withhold ($69) • a foreign resident and has not given you a TFN, use column 5 to find the correct amount to withhold ($103). • a resident and has given you a TFN, use column 2 to find the correct amount to withhold ($30) • a resident and has not given you a TFN, use column 3 to find the correct amount to withhold ($108) • a foreign resident and has given you a TFN, use column 4 to find the correct amount to withhold ($69) • a foreign resident and has not given you a TFN, use column 5 to find the correct amount to withhold ($103). Resident worker The standard rate of withholding of 13% applies if a worker has given you a valid TFN and you withhold amounts using the figures shown in column 2 of the Withholding lookup tool. If the worker has not given you a valid TFN, you must withhold amounts using the figures shown in column 3 of the Withholding lookup tool . When your worker is a foreign resident If your worker has answered that they are a foreign resident for tax purposes on their Tax file number declaration, you will need to use the foreign resident tax rates. There are two ways you can withhold from a foreign resident's earnings: • If they have given you a valid TFN, you must withhold amounts using the figures shown in column 4 of the Withholding lookup tool. • If they have not given you a valid TFN, you must withhold at 45% using the figures in column 5 of the Withholding lookup tool. • If they have given you a valid TFN, you must withhold amounts using the figures shown in column 4 of the Withholding lookup tool. • If they have not given you a valid TFN, you must withhold at 45% using the figures in column 5 of the Withholding lookup tool. Pay period The withholding rates in this schedule apply irrespective of the pay period. Using a formula The withholding amounts shown in this schedule can be expressed in mathematical form. If you have developed your own payroll or accounting software package, use the formulas and coefficients outlined below. The formulas comprise linear equations of the form y = ax, where: • y is the amount to be withheld expressed in dollars • x is earnings for the pay period, ignoring any cents • a is the value of the coefficient as shown in Table A. • y is the amount to be withheld expressed in dollars • x is earnings for the pay period, ignoring any cents • a is the value of the coefficient as shown in Table A. Table A: Withholding rates Has the worker provided their TFN? Resident (a) Foreign resident (a) Tax file number provided 0.13 0.30 Tax file number not provided 0.47 0.45 Rounding of withholding amounts The withholding amounts calculated as a result of applying the formulas should be rounded to the nearest dollar. Results ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. Do this rounding directly – that is, do not make a preliminary rounding to the nearest cent. Where a worker has not provided a TFN, ignore any cents in the result. Software Payroll or accounting software written in accordance with the formulas in this schedule should be tested for accuracy against the Withholding lookup tool. The results obtained when using the coefficients in this schedule may differ slightly from the Withholding lookup tool. The differences result from the rounding of components. Withholding calculated using either method is accepted. Tax file number (TFN) declarations The answers your workers provide on their Tax file number declaration help determine the amount you need to withhold from their payments. A Tax file number declaration applies to any payments made after you receive the declaration. If you receive an updated declaration from a worker, it will override the previous one. If a worker does not give you a valid Tax file number declaration within 14 days of starting a working relationship with you, you must tell us by: • providing employment and tax information about your worker in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the worker and sending it to us. • providing employment and tax information about your worker in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the worker and sending it to us. When a TFN has not been provided You must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident worker and 45% from a foreign resident worker (ignoring any cents), if all of the following apply: • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. If a worker states at question 1 of the Tax file number declaration that they have lodged a Tax file number – application or enquiry for individuals with us, they have 28 days to provide you with their TFN. If a worker has not given you their TFN within 28 days, you must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident worker and 45% from a foreign resident worker (ignoring any cents) unless we tell you not to. Do not allow for any tax offsets or Medicare levy adjustment. Do not withhold any amount for study and training support loans. Varying PAYG withholding If your worker believes that, for their circumstances, the amount you withhold will be too much, they may apply to us for a variation to reduce the amount of withholding. This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by section 12-35 of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if you make payments to employees who are actors, variety artists or other entertainers who receive payments for their performances. Do not use this schedule if you make payments to employees, or other individuals engaged under a contract, to perform in a promotional activity that is any one of the following: • conducted in the presence of an audience • intended to be communicated to an audience by print or electronic media • for a film or tape • for a television or radio broadcast. • conducted in the presence of an audience • intended to be communicated to an audience by print or electronic media • for a film or tape • for a television or radio broadcast. For these types of payments, the Commissioner has varied the rate of withholding to 20% of the payment. If you employ individuals under a working holiday makers visa, you must use Schedule 15 – Tax table for working holiday makers for all payments made to them, including lump sum payments. For all other employees who are paid on a regular basis, use the applicable tax table at ato.gov.au. Do not use this schedule for payments made to foreign residents engaged as contractors. These payments are subject to foreign resident withholding. When using this schedule, do NOT withhold an amount for study and training support loans. When using this schedule, do NOT adjust the withholding amount for an employee who is claiming a Medicare levy exemption or reduction. Medicare levy variations do not apply to this schedule. Working out the withholding amount The Withholding lookup tool and tables in this schedule are only applicable to those who have three performances per week and have claimed the tax-free threshold. If the number of performances per week is different, or the employee has not claimed the tax-free threshold, use the formulas in this schedule to calculate withholding amounts. To work out the amount you need to withhold using the Withholding lookup tool: 1. Input the employee's daily earnings (ignoring any cents) into the Withholding lookup tool and refer to the corresponding amount to be withheld in column 2. 2. If the employee has claimed any tax offsets, see the section 'Claiming tax offsets' in this schedule to work out the daily value of the amount claimed. Subtract the daily value of the tax offsets from the amount found in step 1. Example: An employee has claimed the tax-free threshold, earns $279.35 daily, works three performances this week and claims tax offsets of $500. Ignoring cents, input $279 into the Withholding lookup tool and refer to the corresponding amount to be withheld in column 2 of $20.00. Reduce this amount by the daily value of the tax offsets of $3.00 ($500 ÷ 52 ÷ 3 rounded to the nearest dollar). The amount to withhold is $17.00 ($20.00 − $3.00). 1. Input the employee's daily earnings (ignoring any cents) into the Withholding lookup tool and refer to the corresponding amount to be withheld in column 2. 2. If the employee has claimed any tax offsets, see the section 'Claiming tax offsets' in this schedule to work out the daily value of the amount claimed. Subtract the daily value of the tax offsets from the amount found in step 1. Example: An employee has claimed the tax-free threshold, earns $279.35 daily, works three performances this week and claims tax offsets of $500. Ignoring cents, input $279 into the Withholding lookup tool and refer to the corresponding amount to be withheld in column 2 of $20.00. Reduce this amount by the daily value of the tax offsets of $3.00 ($500 ÷ 52 ÷ 3 rounded to the nearest dollar). The amount to withhold is $17.00 ($20.00 − $3.00). Using a formula The withholding amounts shown in this schedule can be expressed in a mathematical form. If you have developed your own payroll or accounting software package, use the formulas and the coefficients outlined in Table A and Table B. This section should be read with Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld. The formulas comprise linear equations of the form y = ax − b where: • y is the weekly withholding amount expressed in dollars • x is the weekly earnings rounded down to whole dollars plus 99 cents, and • a and b are the values of the coefficient for the formulas as shown in tables A and B. • y is the weekly withholding amount expressed in dollars • x is the weekly earnings rounded down to whole dollars plus 99 cents, and • a and b are the values of the coefficient for the formulas as shown in tables A and B. Table A: Employee has claimed the tax-free threshold Coefficients where tax-free threshold claimed Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 452 – – Less than 673 0.1200 54.3462 Less than 841 0.2000 108.2135 Less than 901 0.1360 54.3473 Less than 1,081 0.1432 60.8377 Less than 1,602 0.2582 185.1935 Less than 3,245 0.2560 181.7319 Less than 4,567 0.3120 363.4627 4,567 & over 0.3760 655.7704 Table B: Employee has not claimed the tax-free threshold Coefficients where tax-free threshold not claimed Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 235 0.1200 0.1200 Less than 463 0.1667 11.0185 Less than 644 0.1432 0.1066 Less than 1,165 0.2582 74.1674 Less than 2,807 0.2560 71.6508 Less than 4,129 0.3120 228.8816 4,129 & over 0.3760 493.1893 To work out withholding amounts using the formulas, you must: 1. Ignore any cents, multiply the per performance earnings by the number of performances for the week to derive the weekly equivalent. Add 99 cents to the result. 2. Calculate the weekly amount by applying the relevant coefficients from table A or B above, rounding to the nearest dollar. 3. Divide this amount by the number of performances for the week to work out the per performance withholding amount. Multiply this amount by the number of performances per day to convert it to the daily earnings equivalent. Round the daily withholding amount to the nearest dollar. 1. Ignore any cents, multiply the per performance earnings by the number of performances for the week to derive the weekly equivalent. Add 99 cents to the result. 2. Calculate the weekly amount by applying the relevant coefficients from table A or B above, rounding to the nearest dollar. 3. Divide this amount by the number of performances for the week to work out the per performance withholding amount. Multiply this amount by the number of performances per day to convert it to the daily earnings equivalent. Round the daily withholding amount to the nearest dollar. If you pay your employees daily, rather than per performance, the amount to withhold (including reductions for tax offsets) should be worked out on a daily basis. Example: Sandra has two performances for the week, one on Thursday and one on Saturday. Sandra earns $500.35 for each performance. She has claimed the tax-free threshold. 1. $500 × 2 = $1,000. Add 99 cents to the result = $1,000.99. 2. $1,000.99 × 0.1432 – 60.8377 = $82.5041. Round to the nearest dollar = $83. 3. $83 ÷ 2 = $41.50. Round to the nearest dollar = $42. Therefore, the amount to withhold from each performance is $42. As there is only one performance per day, the daily withholding amount is the same as the per performance withholding amount. Example: Sandra has two performances for the week, one on Thursday and one on Saturday. Sandra earns $500.35 for each performance. She has claimed the tax-free threshold. 1. $500 × 2 = $1,000. Add 99 cents to the result = $1,000.99. 2. $1,000.99 × 0.1432 – 60.8377 = $82.5041. Round to the nearest dollar = $83. 3. $83 ÷ 2 = $41.50. Round to the nearest dollar = $42. Therefore, the amount to withhold from each performance is $42. As there is only one performance per day, the daily withholding amount is the same as the per performance withholding amount. 1. $500 × 2 = $1,000. Add 99 cents to the result = $1,000.99. 2. $1,000.99 × 0.1432 – 60.8377 = $82.5041. Round to the nearest dollar = $83. 3. $83 ÷ 2 = $41.50. Round to the nearest dollar = $42. $500 × 2 = $1,000. Add 99 cents to the result = $1,000.99. $1,000.99 × 0.1432 – 60.8377 = $82.5041. Round to the nearest dollar = $83. $83 ÷ 2 = $41.50. Round to the nearest dollar = $42. Software Payroll or accounting software written in accordance with the formulas in this schedule should be tested for accuracy against the Withholding lookup tool. The results obtained when using the coefficients in this schedule may differ slightly from the lookup tool. The differences result from the rounding of components. Withholding calculated using either method is accepted. Tax file number (TFN) declarations The answers your employees provide on their Tax file number declaration help determine the amount you need to withhold from their payments. A Tax file number declaration applies to any payments made after you receive the declaration. If you receive an updated declaration from an employee, it will override the previous one. If an employee does not give you a valid Tax file number declaration within 14 days of starting an employer/employee relationship, you must tell us by: • providing employment and tax information about your payee in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the employee and sending it to us. • providing employment and tax information about your payee in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the employee and sending it to us. When a TFN has not been provided You must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident employee and 45% from a foreign resident employee (ignoring any cents), if all of the following apply: • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. If an employee states at question 1 of the Tax file number declaration they have lodged a Tax file number – application or enquiry for individuals with us, they have 28 days to provide you with their TFN. If an employee has not given you their TFN within 28 days, you must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident employee and 45% from a foreign resident employee (ignoring any cents) unless we tell you not to. Do not allow for any tax offsets or Medicare levy adjustment. Do not withhold any amount for study and training support loans. When your employee is a foreign resident If your employee has answered that they are a foreign resident for tax purposes on their Tax file number declaration, you will need to use the foreign resident tax rates. There are two ways you can withhold from a foreign resident's earnings: • if they have not given you a valid TFN, you need to withhold 45% for each $1 of earnings (ignoring any cents) • if they have given you a valid TFN, you need to withhold the amount calculated using the foreign resident tax rates, rounding any cents to the nearest dollar. • if they have not given you a valid TFN, you need to withhold 45% for each $1 of earnings (ignoring any cents) • if they have given you a valid TFN, you need to withhold the amount calculated using the foreign resident tax rates, rounding any cents to the nearest dollar. Foreign resident tax rates Weekly tax rates Weekly earnings $ Weekly rate 0 to 2,595 30 cents for each dollar of earnings 2,596 to 3,652 $779 plus 37 cents for each $1 of earnings over $2,595 3,653 & over $1,170 plus 45 cents for each $1 of earnings over $3,652 Foreign residents cannot claim tax offsets to reduce withholding. If your foreign resident employee has claimed a tax offset on the Withholding declaration, don't make any adjustments to the amount you withhold. Withholding declarations Employees can use a Withholding declaration to advise you of any changes to their circumstances that may affect the amount you need to withhold from their payments. Changes that may affect the amount you need to withhold include the employee: • becoming or ceasing to be an Australian resident for tax purposes • claiming or discontinuing a claim for the tax-free threshold • advising of a HELP, VSL, FS, SSL or AASL debt, or changes to them. • becoming or ceasing to be an Australian resident for tax purposes • claiming or discontinuing a claim for the tax-free threshold • advising of a HELP, VSL, FS, SSL or AASL debt, or changes to them. An employee may also use a Withholding declaration to advise you of a tax offset they choose to claim through reduced withholding from you. For more information, see the section in this schedule on 'Claiming tax offsets'. When your employee provides you with a Withholding declaration it will take effect from the next payment you make. If you receive an updated declaration from an employee, it will replace the previous one. An employee must have provided you with a valid Tax file number declaration before they can provide you with a Withholding declaration. Claiming tax offsets If your employee chooses to claim their entitlement to a tax offset through reduced withholding, they must provide you with a Withholding declaration. If your employee claims a tax offset, reduce the amount to be withheld from their earnings per performance by the value of the tax offset. The per performance value is the tax offset amount claimed divided by 52, divided by the number of performances per week. Round the result to the nearest dollar. Do NOT allow for any tax offsets if any of the following apply: • when no TFN has been provided • you are using foreign resident rates • the employee has not claimed the tax-free threshold. • when no TFN has been provided • you are using foreign resident rates • the employee has not claimed the tax-free threshold. This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by section 12-50 of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if you pay an individual to resume working for, or providing services to, you or any other entity. If you employ individuals under a working holiday makers visa you must use Schedule 15 – Tax table for working holiday makers for all payments made to them, including return to work payments. We have a calculator to help you work out the correct amount of tax to withhold from payments to most payees. Working out the withholding amount To work out the amount you need to withhold, multiply the amount of the return to work payment by 32%. This rate applies to residents and non-residents. Example: George previously worked for IT Services Pty Ltd. Due to a shortage in IT personnel, IT Services Pty Ltd offered George a position if he would return to work for it. He was paid $18,000 to start work, in addition to his salary. The total amount IT Services Pty Ltd must withhold from the return to work payment is 32% of $18,000 = $5,760. Example: George previously worked for IT Services Pty Ltd. Due to a shortage in IT personnel, IT Services Pty Ltd offered George a position if he would return to work for it. He was paid $18,000 to start work, in addition to his salary. The total amount IT Services Pty Ltd must withhold from the return to work payment is 32% of $18,000 = $5,760. Rounding of withholding amounts Withholding amounts calculated using this schedule are rounded to the nearest dollar. Results ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. If a TFN is not provided, ignore cents when calculating withholding amounts. Tax file number (TFN) declarations The answers your payees provide on their Tax file number declaration help determine the amount you need to withhold from their payments. A Tax file number declaration applies to payments made after you receive the declaration. If you receive an updated declaration from a payee, it will override the previous one. If a payee does not give you a valid Tax file number declaration within 14 days of starting a payer-payee relationship, you must tell us by: • providing employment and tax information about your payee in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the payee and sending it to us. • providing employment and tax information about your payee in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the payee and sending it to us. When a TFN has not been provided You must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident payee and 45% from a foreign resident payee (ignoring any cents) if all of the following apply: • they have not quoted their tax file number (TFN) • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or made an enquiry with us. • they have not quoted their tax file number (TFN) • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or made an enquiry with us. If a payee states at question 1 of the Tax file number declaration they have lodged a Tax file number – application or enquiry for individuals, they have 28 days to give you their TFN. If the payee has not given you their TFN within 28 days, you must withhold 47% from any payment made to a resident payee and 45% from any payment made to a foreign resident payee (ignoring any cents) unless we tell you not to. This schedule applies to certain withholding payments covered by Subdivisions 12-B (except sections 12-50 and 12-55), 12-C (except sections 12-85 and 12-90) and 12-D of Schedule 1 to the TAA paid as a lump sum. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if you make a payment of salary or wages which is: • a back payment (including lump sum payments in arrears) • a commission • a bonus or similar payment. • a back payment (including lump sum payments in arrears) • a commission • a bonus or similar payment. If you employ individuals under a working holiday makers visa you must use Schedule 15 – Tax table for working holiday makers for all payments made to them, including back payments, commissions and bonuses or similar payments. Other payments you should use this schedule for Also use this schedule for back payments made to payees for: • compensation or sickness or accident payments for an incapacity for work that are not tax exempt • Australian Government education or training payments – for example, Austudy or ABSTUDY • assessable pensions, benefits and allowances under the Social Security Act 1991 or the Veterans' Entitlements Act 1986, or similar payments made under a law of a foreign country, state or province. • compensation or sickness or accident payments for an incapacity for work that are not tax exempt • Australian Government education or training payments – for example, Austudy or ABSTUDY • assessable pensions, benefits and allowances under the Social Security Act 1991 or the Veterans' Entitlements Act 1986, or similar payments made under a law of a foreign country, state or province. Back payments (including lump sums in arrears) A back payment is a payment that was meant to have been made in a prior period. For example: • a payee's wages were underpaid due to an error or oversight in calculating their full entitlement under an award • an allowance you were due to pay in July was overlooked and you made the payment in December. • a payee's wages were underpaid due to an error or oversight in calculating their full entitlement under an award • an allowance you were due to pay in July was overlooked and you made the payment in December. A back payment is distinct from a bonus, which is a payment made for recognition of performance including past performance. A bonus (or similar payment) can only be considered a back payment if you paid the bonus later than the time that it should have been paid. If you normally process payments in a pay period later than when the work is performed – for example, overtime payments made with a time lag of one pay period – they are not considered back payments. These payments are treated as part of the normal pay cycle when paid and withholding is calculated on total earnings for that period. An overtime payment is only considered a back payment if it was meant to have been made in a prior pay period. Commissions Commissions are typically payments made as recognition of performance or service and may be calculated as a percentage of the proceeds from a particular transaction or series of transactions. Bonuses and similar payments A bonus is usually made to an employee in recognition of performance or services and may be calculated as a percentage of the proceeds from a particular business transaction. These payments may not necessarily be related to a particular period of work. A payment will be treated as similar to a bonus if it is of a one-off nature that does not relate to work performed in a particular period. Examples include: • a once-only payment made to an employee as compensation for a changed work location • an amount paid as a sign-on bonus to an employee entering a workplace agreement • any lump sum allowance. • a once-only payment made to an employee as compensation for a changed work location • an amount paid as a sign-on bonus to an employee entering a workplace agreement • any lump sum allowance. Leave loading Payment of leave loading can also be regarded as a payment similar to a bonus, if it is made as a lump sum and not on a pro-rata basis as leave is taken. If you pay leave loading on a pro-rata basis, add it to earnings for the period to calculate withholding using the regular payments tax tables at ato.gov.au/taxtables . Terms we use Additional payments Additional payments include back payments (including lump sum payments in arrears), commissions, bonuses and similar payments. Normal earnings Normal earnings are gross taxable earnings and include all salary and wage income, taxable allowances, and overtime earnings for the current financial year. This includes any back payments previously made using Method B(i). At the start of a financial year, a payee's normal earnings can be based on the last full pay period worked in the previous financial year. If a payee's pay fluctuates significantly, you can use an average of gross taxable earnings for the current financial year (or, if applicable, the previous financial year). If a payee has no current or past normal earnings (for example, the payee is newly employed), you can include expected future earnings in your calculations. This can be based on the payee's contracted or expected salary for the financial year. For the purposes of this schedule, normal earnings do not include employment termination payments or unused leave payments made on termination of employment. Average total earnings Average total earnings are the sum of all normal earnings paid in the current financial year, including current pay, plus any current year back payments if Method B(i) is used to calculate withholding. Then divide the total earnings by the number of pay periods to date (including the current pay period). Pay periods per financial year Pay periods per financial year refers to a total of 52 pay periods if paid weekly, 26 pay periods if paid fortnightly or 12 pay periods if paid monthly. No adjustments are required for a 53 week / 27 fortnight year. Tax file number (TFN) declarations The answers your payees provide on their Tax file number declaration help determine the amount you need to withhold from their payments. A Tax file number declaration applies to any payments made after you receive the declaration. If you receive an updated declaration from a payee, it will override the previous one. If a payee does not give you a valid Tax file number declaration within 14 days of starting a payer -payee relationship, you must tell us by: • providing employment and tax information about your payee in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the payee and sending it to us. • providing employment and tax information about your payee in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the payee and sending it to us. When a TFN has not been provided You must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident payee and 45% from a foreign resident payee (ignoring any cents), if all of the following apply: • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. If a payee states at question 1 of the Tax file number declaration they have lodged a Tax file number – application or enquiry for individuals with us, they have 28 days to provide you with their TFN. If a payee has not given you their TFN within 28 days, you must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident payee and 45% from a foreign resident payee (ignoring any cents) unless we tell you not to. Do not allow for tax offsets or Medicare levy adjustment. Do not withhold any amount for study and training support loans. Working out the withholding amount Available methods To work out the amount you need to withhold from an additional payment, you must use either Method A or Method B. Using Method B is more complex but produces a withholding amount that is more likely to approximate the payee's actual tax payable. Calculations made using either method are acceptable to work out the withholding amount. If your calculation using either method results in a negative amount, treat the result as nil. Using Method A Use this method for any additional payments made, regardless of the financial year the additional payment applies to. This includes all back payments, commissions, bonuses or similar payments. This method calculates withholding by apportioning additional payments made in the current pay period over the number of pay periods in a financial year and applying that average amount to the gross earnings in the current pay period. If you are paying a commission, bonus or similar payment for a defined period of less than 12 months, you can choose to calculate withholding by using the number of pay periods the payment relates to at step 3. For example, if a commission relates to four weeks and the payee is paid weekly, you divide the commission by four pay periods at step 3, rather than 52 pay periods. Method A instructions Step Instruction 1 Work out your payee's gross earnings excluding any additional payments for the current pay period. Ignore any cents. 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from your payee's gross earnings in step 1. 3 Add any additional payments to be made in the current pay period together and divide the total by the number of pay periods in the financial year (that is, 52 weekly pay periods, 26 fortnightly pay periods or 12 monthly pay periods). Ignore any cents. 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the gross earnings at step 1. 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from the amount at step 4. 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. 7 Multiply the amount at step 6 by the number of pay periods used in step 3. 8 Multiply the additional payment being made in the current pay period by 47%. 9 Use the lesser amount of step 7 and step 8 for the withholding on the additional payment. Ignore any cents. 10 Work out the total PAYG withholding for the current pay period by adding the withholding on the additional payment (step 9) to the withholding on the gross earnings (step 2). Using Method B Use Method B(i) for any back payments applied to specific periods in the current financial year. Use Method B(ii) for either: • back payments that relate to a prior financial year • any additional payments (including commissions, bonuses or similar payments) that don't relate to a single pay period, regardless of the financial year the additional payment applies to. • back payments that relate to a prior financial year • any additional payments (including commissions, bonuses or similar payments) that don't relate to a single pay period, regardless of the financial year the additional payment applies to. If you are making back payments applying to current and previous financial years, apportion the back payment between those years and then use the applicable method for each component to calculate withholding. If you are making multiple additional payments: • in the current pay period, you first need to calculate withholding on the total of any current financial year back payments (including lump sum in arrears) then calculate the withholding on any other additional payments • in the current financial year (that is, you made an additional payment to the payee in a previous pay period), do not recalculate the withholding for the additional payment previously made. • in the current pay period, you first need to calculate withholding on the total of any current financial year back payments (including lump sum in arrears) then calculate the withholding on any other additional payments • in the current financial year (that is, you made an additional payment to the payee in a previous pay period), do not recalculate the withholding for the additional payment previously made. B(i) Back payments applied to specific periods in the current financial year This method recalculates withholding for each pay period the back payment applies. Method B(i) instructions Step Instruction 1 Work out how much of the back payment applied to each earlier pay period in the current financial year. 2 For the first affected pay period, add the back payment relevant to that period to the normal earnings previously paid to get total earnings for that period. 3 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from the total earnings for that period. 4 Subtract the amount previously withheld for the period from the amount at step 3. 5 Repeat steps 2-4 for each pay period affected. Total the amounts calculated in step 4 for each pay period for the withholding on the back payment. 6 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from your payee's gross earnings (excluding additional payments) for the current pay period. 7 Work out the total PAYG withholding for the current pay period by adding the withholding on the back payment (step 5) to the withholding on the gross earnings (step 6). B(ii) Additional payments applied over the whole financial year This method calculates withholding by averaging all additional payments made in the current financial year over the number of pay periods in a financial year and applying that to the average total earnings to date. Method B(ii) instructions Step Instruction 1 Calculate the average total earnings paid to your payee over the current financial year to date. Ignore any cents. 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from the average total earnings in step 1. 3 Add all additional payments made in the current financial year if Method B(ii) was used to calculate the withholding, to the additional payment in current pay. Then divide by the number of pay periods in the financial year (that is, 52 weekly pay periods, 26 fortnightly pay periods or 12 monthly pay periods). Ignore any cents. 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the average total earnings at step 1. 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from the amount at step 4. 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. 7 Multiply the amount in step 6 by the number of pay periods used in step 3. 8 Subtract any amounts previously withheld from additional payments in the current financial year if Method B(ii) was used, from the amount at step 7. 9 Multiply the additional payment being made in the current pay period by 47%. 10 Use the lesser amount of step 8 and step 9 for the withholding on the additional payment. Ignore any cents. 11 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from your payee's gross earnings (excluding additional payments) for the current pay period. 12 Work out the total PAYG withholding for this pay period by adding the withholding on the additional payment (step 10) to the withholding on the gross earnings (step 11). Withholding limit If your payee has a Higher Education Loan Program (HELP), VET Student Loan (VSL), Financial Supplement (FS), Student Start-up Loan (SSL) or Australian Apprenticeship Support Loan (AASL) debt, see the section on 'Study and training support loans and additional payments' in this schedule. If you use Method A or Method B(ii), the amount of tax to be withheld from an additional payment is limited to a maximum of 47% of the additional payment. If the withholding amount calculated (including a study and training support loan component) using Method A or Method B(ii) exceeds 47% of the additional payment being made, then the amount is reduced to be equal to 47% of that payment. The withholding limit applies to the additional payment only and not to normal earnings for the current pay period. For some payees, the withholding limit may result in their withholding amounts not being sufficient to cover their end-of-year tax liability, as their total earnings for the financial year may exceed the study and training support loan repayment threshold or attract a higher rate of tax. Under these circumstances, your payee can arrange an upwards variation by entering into an agreement with you to vary the rate or amount of withholding. Commissions, bonuses or similar payments If a commission, bonus or similar payment relates to work your payee performed for more than one pay period (or for an undefined period), calculate withholding by applying either Method A or Method B(ii). Do not use this schedule for payments for a single pay period. If the commission, bonus or similar payment relates to work your payee performed in a single pay period (for example, a week, a fortnight or a month) the amount is added to all their other earnings for the current period. Withholding is then calculated using the regular PAYG withholding tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables. Study and training support loans and additional payments If your payee has advised you they have a Higher Education Loan Program (HELP), VET Student Loan (VSL), Financial Supplement (FS), Student Start-up Loan (SSL) or Australian Apprenticeship Support Loan (AASL) debt on their Tax file number declaration or Withholding declaration, you must also withhold from the additional payment using the relevant study and training support loans tax tables. Calculate the amounts you need to withhold from additional payments for study and training support loans by using the same method you used to calculate the PAYG withholding amount from the additional payment. For example, if you calculate the amount to be withheld from the additional payment using Method A, use the same method to calculate the amounts to be withheld for study and training support loans purposes. How to calculate withholding on the additional payment if it is calculated separately to the study and training support loans components If you calculate withholding separately, you need to make sure that the withholding limit in Method A and Method B(ii) applies to the combined total calculated for the additional payment and the study and training support loans components. For example, at step 9 in Method A, you must combine the amounts from the two separate calculations used for step 7 before comparing it to the amount calculated at step 8. Next step: You can use Schedule 8 – Statement of formulas for calculating study and training support loans components to combine PAYG withholding with study and training support loan instead of repeating the calculation separately for each component. The results obtained when using this schedule may differ slightly from the sums of the amounts shown in the PAYG tax tables. The differences result from the rounding of components. Withholding calculated using either method is accepted. Variations If your payee has a withholding variation in place for the current financial year, use one of the following to work out the amount of withholding from additional payments: • the varied rate – if the relevant income is specified in the variation notice • this schedule – if the relevant income is not specified in the variation notice. • the varied rate – if the relevant income is specified in the variation notice • this schedule – if the relevant income is not specified in the variation notice. If your payee had a withholding variation in place at the time the additional payment accrued but the withholding variation is no longer in effect when the additional payment is made, it does not apply when working out the amount to withhold. Leave without pay For the purposes of this schedule, any periods where your payee has taken leave without pay do not affect the calculations outlined in each of the methods. For example, for Method A and Method B(ii), you are still required at step 3 to apportion all additional payments made by the total number of pay periods in a financial year (that is, 52 weekly pay periods, 26 fortnightly pay periods or 12 monthly pay periods). Superannuation income streams To work out the amount you need to withhold from the taxable component of back payments of super income streams (pensions and annuities), including lump sum payments in arrears, use either Method A or B. Back payment reporting About back payment reporting You must record back payments in a pay event when reporting under Single Touch Payroll (STP), or on your payee's payment summary if you are a non STP reporter. For each lump sum payment accrued more than 12 months before the date of payment, include the total gross amount of the payment (including allowances) at 'Lump sum E'. From 1 July 2025, the previous lump sum E threshold of $1,200 no longer applies. Any amount that qualifies as a lump sum E payment must be reported at this label. Reporting back payment in STP All employers should now be STP reporting unless covered by a deferral or exemption. If the back payment you are making to an employee is a lump sum E payment, you need to report this as lump sum E in STP. The previous lump sum E threshold amount of $1,200 no longer applies, so any amount that qualifies as a lump sum E payment must be reported at this label. When reporting a lump sum E in STP, you will also need to include the financial year in which the payment relates to, which will remove the need for you to provide a lump sum E letter to your employee. Your employee will be able to access their lump sum E information in their Income Statement via ATO online services. If you are making a back payment to an employee and it is not lump sum E, then report it in STP as the relevant payment type (such as gross, allowances or overtime). Back payments not reported through STP There are some back payments that can't be reported through STP, usually because they are not related to employment income, such as super, compensation or welfare payments. If this is the case, payers must continue to provide payment summaries and lodge a payment summary annual report for these payments. What payment summary you use depends on whether the back payments relate to a superannuation income stream or previous period of assessable foreign service. Use: • PAYG payment summary – individual non-business for all back payments except those for super income streams or if they were related to a previous period of assessable foreign service • PAYG payment summary – superannuation income stream for super income stream payments • PAYG payment summary – foreign employment for payments related to a previous period of assessable foreign service. • PAYG payment summary – individual non-business for all back payments except those for super income streams or if they were related to a previous period of assessable foreign service • PAYG payment summary – superannuation income stream for super income stream payments • PAYG payment summary – foreign employment for payments related to a previous period of assessable foreign service. Note: The lump sum E threshold amount of $1,200 no longer applies. Any amount that qualifies as a lump sum E payment must be reported at this label. Completing the individual non-business payment summary For payments accrued in the current financial year, include the total: • gross amount of all payments at 'Gross payments' • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. • gross amount of all payments at 'Gross payments' • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. Salary and wage income (including allowances) accrued before the current financial year For each payment accrued in a prior financial year, but not more than 12 months before the date of payment include the total: • gross amount of the payment at 'Gross payments' or 'Allowances' • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. • gross amount of the payment at 'Gross payments' or 'Allowances' • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. For each payment accrued more than 12 months before the date of payment, include the total: • gross amount of the payment (including allowances) at 'Lump sum E' • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. • gross amount of the payment (including allowances) at 'Lump sum E' • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. For each payment that accrued before and after 12 months, apportion the payment between the two periods and apply the rules above for each portion. Other amounts accrued before the current financial year These other amounts are described in Other payments you should use this schedule for. For each payment accrued in a prior financial year, include the total: • gross amount of the payment at 'Lump sum E' • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. • gross amount of the payment at 'Lump sum E' • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. Employee letter You must also provide your employee with a letter specifying both the: • financial years over which the amount accrued, and • gross amount that accrued each financial year. • financial years over which the amount accrued, and • gross amount that accrued each financial year. Completing the superannuation income stream payment summary For payments accrued in the current financial year, include the: • component amounts at both – 'Taxable component' (both taxed and untaxed elements if applicable) – 'Tax-free component'. • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. • component amounts at both – 'Taxable component' (both taxed and untaxed elements if applicable) – 'Tax-free component'. • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. – 'Taxable component' (both taxed and untaxed elements if applicable) – 'Tax-free component'. For payments accrued prior to the current financial year, include the: • component amounts at both – 'Lump sum in arrears – taxable component' (both taxed and untaxed elements if applicable) – 'Lump sum in arrears – tax-free component'. • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. • component amounts at both – 'Lump sum in arrears – taxable component' (both taxed and untaxed elements if applicable) – 'Lump sum in arrears – tax-free component'. • amount withheld at 'Total tax withheld'. – 'Lump sum in arrears – taxable component' (both taxed and untaxed elements if applicable) – 'Lump sum in arrears – tax-free component'. Payee letter You must also provide your payee with a letter specifying both the: • financial years over which the amount accrued • gross amount that accrued each financial year, including its split between taxed and untaxed elements and tax-free component. • financial years over which the amount accrued • gross amount that accrued each financial year, including its split between taxed and untaxed elements and tax-free component. Completing the foreign employment payment summary For the foreign employment payment summary, the gross payments amount is assessable foreign employment income, which includes total allowances. For salary and wage payments accrued in the current financial year, include the total: • gross amount of all payments at 'Gross payments' • amount withheld and paid to a foreign tax jurisdiction (if applicable) at 'Foreign tax paid' • amount withheld for Australian tax purposes at 'Total Australian tax withheld'. • gross amount of all payments at 'Gross payments' • amount withheld and paid to a foreign tax jurisdiction (if applicable) at 'Foreign tax paid' • amount withheld for Australian tax purposes at 'Total Australian tax withheld'. For each salary and wage payment accrued in a prior financial year, but not more than 12 months before the date of payment, include the total: • gross amount of the payment at 'Gross payments' • amount withheld and paid to a foreign tax jurisdiction (if applicable) at 'Foreign tax paid' • amount withheld for Australian tax purposes at 'Total Australian tax withheld'. • gross amount of the payment at 'Gross payments' • amount withheld and paid to a foreign tax jurisdiction (if applicable) at 'Foreign tax paid' • amount withheld for Australian tax purposes at 'Total Australian tax withheld'. For each salary and wage payment accrued more than 12 months before the date of payment, include the total: • gross amount of the payment at 'Lump sum E' • amount withheld and paid to a foreign tax jurisdiction (if applicable) at 'Foreign tax paid' • amount withheld for Australian tax purposes at 'Total Australian tax withheld'. • gross amount of the payment at 'Lump sum E' • amount withheld and paid to a foreign tax jurisdiction (if applicable) at 'Foreign tax paid' • amount withheld for Australian tax purposes at 'Total Australian tax withheld'. Employee letter You must also provide your employee with a letter specifying both the: • financial years over which the amount accrued • gross amount that accrued each financial year. • financial years over which the amount accrued • gross amount that accrued each financial year. Examples Example 1 uses both: Study and training support loans weekly tax table effective from 1 July 2026 • Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld (containing the amounts, formulas and procedures that were last updated on 1 July 2026). The calculations are made using scale 2, with tax-free threshold. Example 1: Withholding from a bonus payment using Method A Jarrod, who has an accumulated HELP debt, is due to receive an annual bonus of $900. Jarrod earns $1,400 per week. Using Method A, calculate the withholding amount for the current pay period as follows: PAYG withholding component – for Example 1 Step Instructions Result 1 Work out Jarrod's gross earnings for the current pay period. $1,400 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Jarrod's gross earnings in step 1. $267 3 Divide the additional payment by the number of pay periods in the financial year. = $900 ÷ 52 $17 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the gross earnings at step 1. $1,400 + $17 $1,417 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from the amount at step 4. $272 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. = $272 − $267 $5 7 Multiply the amount at step 6 by the number of pay periods in the financial year for the withholding on the additional payment. = $5 × 52 $260 As Jarrod has an accumulated HELP debt, his employer also needs to calculate a withholding amount from the bonus payment for HELP. They use the same method that they used to calculate withholding for the bonus payment in the first part of this example. HELP component – for Example 1 Step Instructions Result 1 Work out Jarrod's gross earnings for the current pay period. $1,400 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for HELP from Jarrod's gross earnings in step 1. $10 3 Divide the additional payment by the number of pay periods in the financial year. = $900 ÷ 52 $17 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the gross earnings at step 1. = $1,400 + $17 $1,417 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for HELP from the amount at step 4. $12 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. = $12 − $10 $2 7 Multiply the amount at step 6 by the number of pay periods in the financial year for the HELP withholding on the additional payment. = $2 × 52 $104 Withholding limit (including HELP component) – for Example 1 Step Instruction Result 8 Multiply the additional payment being made in the current pay period by 47%. = $900 × 47% $423 9 Use the lesser amount of step 7 (combined) and step 8 for the withholding on the additional payment. Ignore any cents. Combine two step 7 results $260 + $104 = $364. This amount is used as it's less than step 8. $364 10 See below – Calculate the total PAYG withholding amount for the current pay period (step 10) Add the amounts to be withheld from each component: • PAYG withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $267 • HELP withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $10 • PAYG withholding on additional payment = $260 • HELP withholding on additional payment = $104 The total amount to withhold in the current pay period is $641 ($267 + $10 + $260 + $104). • Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld (containing the amounts, formulas and procedures that were last updated on 1 July 2026). The calculations are made using scale 2, with tax-free threshold. Example 1: Withholding from a bonus payment using Method A Jarrod, who has an accumulated HELP debt, is due to receive an annual bonus of $900. Jarrod earns $1,400 per week. Using Method A, calculate the withholding amount for the current pay period as follows: PAYG withholding component – for Example 1 Step Instructions Result 1 Work out Jarrod's gross earnings for the current pay period. $1,400 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Jarrod's gross earnings in step 1. $267 3 Divide the additional payment by the number of pay periods in the financial year. = $900 ÷ 52 $17 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the gross earnings at step 1. $1,400 + $17 $1,417 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from the amount at step 4. $272 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. = $272 − $267 $5 7 Multiply the amount at step 6 by the number of pay periods in the financial year for the withholding on the additional payment. = $5 × 52 $260 As Jarrod has an accumulated HELP debt, his employer also needs to calculate a withholding amount from the bonus payment for HELP. They use the same method that they used to calculate withholding for the bonus payment in the first part of this example. HELP component – for Example 1 Step Instructions Result 1 Work out Jarrod's gross earnings for the current pay period. $1,400 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for HELP from Jarrod's gross earnings in step 1. $10 3 Divide the additional payment by the number of pay periods in the financial year. = $900 ÷ 52 $17 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the gross earnings at step 1. = $1,400 + $17 $1,417 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for HELP from the amount at step 4. $12 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. = $12 − $10 $2 7 Multiply the amount at step 6 by the number of pay periods in the financial year for the HELP withholding on the additional payment. = $2 × 52 $104 Withholding limit (including HELP component) – for Example 1 Step Instruction Result 8 Multiply the additional payment being made in the current pay period by 47%. = $900 × 47% $423 9 Use the lesser amount of step 7 (combined) and step 8 for the withholding on the additional payment. Ignore any cents. Combine two step 7 results $260 + $104 = $364. This amount is used as it's less than step 8. $364 10 See below – Calculate the total PAYG withholding amount for the current pay period (step 10) Add the amounts to be withheld from each component: • PAYG withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $267 • HELP withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $10 • PAYG withholding on additional payment = $260 • HELP withholding on additional payment = $104 The total amount to withhold in the current pay period is $641 ($267 + $10 + $260 + $104). Combine two step 7 results $260 + $104 = $364. This amount is used as it's less than step 8. • PAYG withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $267 • HELP withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $10 • PAYG withholding on additional payment = $260 • HELP withholding on additional payment = $104 Example 2 uses both: • Study and training support loans weekly tax table effective from 1 July 2026 • Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld (containing the amounts, formulas and procedures that were last updated on 1 July 2026). The calculations are made using scale 2, with tax-free threshold. Example 2: Withholding from a missed payment using Method B(i) Robyn, who has an accumulated HELP debt, is due to receive a back payment relating to the current financial year following a pay rise. Since the first pay period of the current financial year and up until period 8, Robyn has earned $1,600 per week. From pay period 9 (her current pay period), Robyn will earn $1,700 per week. Robyn's back payment, which covers the first eight pay periods of the current financial year, will be paid to her in pay period 9. Therefore, Robyn will receive a back payment of $800 along with her normal gross earnings of $1,700. Using Method B(i), calculate the withholding amount for the current pay period 9 as follows: PAYG withholding component – for Example 2 Step Instruction Result 1 Work out how much of Robyn's additional payment applied to each earlier pay period in the current financial year. In this example it is $800 over eight pay periods. = $800 ÷ 8 $100 2 For the first affected pay period, add the additional payment relevant to that period to the normal earnings previously paid to get the total earnings for that period. = $1,600 + $100 $1,700 3 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Robyn's total earnings for that period. $363 4 Subtract the amount previously withheld for the period from the amount at step 3. = $363 − $331 $32 5 Repeat steps 2-4 for each pay period affected. Total the amounts calculated in step 4 for each pay period for the withholding on the additional payment. As it is the same amount for each pay period in this example, it will be 8 × $32. $256 6 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Robyn's gross earnings for the current pay period. $363 7 Add the withholding on the additional payment (step 5) to the withholding on Robyn's gross earnings (step 6) to work out the total withholding for the current pay period. = $363 + $256 $619 As Robyn has an accumulated HELP debt, her employer also needs to calculate a withholding amount from the back payment for HELP. They use the same method as they used to calculate withholding for the back payment in the first part of this example. Study and training support loan (HELP) component – for Example 2 Step Instruction Result 1 Work out how much of Robyn's additional payment applied to each earlier pay period in the current financial year. In this example it is $800 over eight pay periods. = $800 ÷ 8 $100 2 For the first affected pay period, add the additional payment relevant to that period to the normal earnings previously paid to get total normal earnings for that period. = $1,600 + $100 $1,700 3 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for HELP from Robyn's total normal earnings for that period. $55 4 Subtract the amount previously withheld for the period from the amount at step 3. = $55 − $40 $15 5 Repeat steps 2–4 for each pay period affected. Total the amounts calculated in step 4 for each pay period for the HELP withholding on the additional payments. As it is the same amount for each pay period in this example, it will be 8 × $15. $120 6 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for HELP from Robyn's gross earnings for the current pay period. $55 7 Add the HELP withholding on the additional payment (step 5) to the withholding on Robyn's gross earnings (step 6) to work out the withholding for HELP for the current period. = $55 + $120 $175 Calculate the total PAYG withholding amount for the current pay period. Add the amounts to be withheld for each component: • PAYG withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $363 • HELP withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $55 • PAYG withholding on additional payment = $256 • HELP withholding on additional payment = $120 The total amount to withhold in the current pay period is $794 ($363 + $55 + $256 + $120). • Study and training support loans weekly tax table effective from 1 July 2026 • Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld (containing the amounts, formulas and procedures that were last updated on 1 July 2026). The calculations are made using scale 2, with tax-free threshold. Example 2: Withholding from a missed payment using Method B(i) Robyn, who has an accumulated HELP debt, is due to receive a back payment relating to the current financial year following a pay rise. Since the first pay period of the current financial year and up until period 8, Robyn has earned $1,600 per week. From pay period 9 (her current pay period), Robyn will earn $1,700 per week. Robyn's back payment, which covers the first eight pay periods of the current financial year, will be paid to her in pay period 9. Therefore, Robyn will receive a back payment of $800 along with her normal gross earnings of $1,700. Using Method B(i), calculate the withholding amount for the current pay period 9 as follows: PAYG withholding component – for Example 2 Step Instruction Result 1 Work out how much of Robyn's additional payment applied to each earlier pay period in the current financial year. In this example it is $800 over eight pay periods. = $800 ÷ 8 $100 2 For the first affected pay period, add the additional payment relevant to that period to the normal earnings previously paid to get the total earnings for that period. = $1,600 + $100 $1,700 3 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Robyn's total earnings for that period. $363 4 Subtract the amount previously withheld for the period from the amount at step 3. = $363 − $331 $32 5 Repeat steps 2-4 for each pay period affected. Total the amounts calculated in step 4 for each pay period for the withholding on the additional payment. As it is the same amount for each pay period in this example, it will be 8 × $32. $256 6 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Robyn's gross earnings for the current pay period. $363 7 Add the withholding on the additional payment (step 5) to the withholding on Robyn's gross earnings (step 6) to work out the total withholding for the current pay period. = $363 + $256 $619 As Robyn has an accumulated HELP debt, her employer also needs to calculate a withholding amount from the back payment for HELP. They use the same method as they used to calculate withholding for the back payment in the first part of this example. Study and training support loan (HELP) component – for Example 2 Step Instruction Result 1 Work out how much of Robyn's additional payment applied to each earlier pay period in the current financial year. In this example it is $800 over eight pay periods. = $800 ÷ 8 $100 2 For the first affected pay period, add the additional payment relevant to that period to the normal earnings previously paid to get total normal earnings for that period. = $1,600 + $100 $1,700 3 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for HELP from Robyn's total normal earnings for that period. $55 4 Subtract the amount previously withheld for the period from the amount at step 3. = $55 − $40 $15 5 Repeat steps 2–4 for each pay period affected. Total the amounts calculated in step 4 for each pay period for the HELP withholding on the additional payments. As it is the same amount for each pay period in this example, it will be 8 × $15. $120 6 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for HELP from Robyn's gross earnings for the current pay period. $55 7 Add the HELP withholding on the additional payment (step 5) to the withholding on Robyn's gross earnings (step 6) to work out the withholding for HELP for the current period. = $55 + $120 $175 Calculate the total PAYG withholding amount for the current pay period. Add the amounts to be withheld for each component: • PAYG withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $363 • HELP withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $55 • PAYG withholding on additional payment = $256 • HELP withholding on additional payment = $120 The total amount to withhold in the current pay period is $794 ($363 + $55 + $256 + $120). • PAYG withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $363 • HELP withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $55 • PAYG withholding on additional payment = $256 • HELP withholding on additional payment = $120 Example 3 below uses Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld effective from 1 July 2026. • The calculations are made using scale 2, with tax-free threshold. Example 3: Withholding from a lump sum payment in arrears using Method B(ii) Laura is employed by Minercorp Pty Ltd and receives a fortnightly salary of $1,800. She is entitled to an allowance from her employer when working in remote areas. In 2024, Laura worked in a remote area for six months, but she was not paid this allowance. The total allowance that she should have been paid for this period was $2,480. Her employer discovers their oversight and agrees to pay her the $2,480 as a lump sum payment in arrears on 10 November 2026. Her gross earnings for pay period 10 is $1,800. Laura has received normal earnings (year to date) of $18,000 including the current pay. The amount Laura's payer must withhold from this payment is calculated using Method B(ii) as follows: Method B(ii) instruction – for Example 3 Step Instruction Result 1 Calculate Laura's average total earnings over the current financial year to date (including current pay). = $18,000 ÷ 10 $1,800 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Laura's average total earnings in step 1. $212 3 Add all additional payments made to Laura in the current financial year if Method B(ii) was used to calculate the withholding, to the additional payment in the current pay. Laura's additional payment of $2,480 is then divided by the number of pay periods in the financial year. = $2,480 ÷ 26 $95 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the average total earnings at step 1. = $1,800 + $95 $1,895 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from the amount at step 4. $242 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. = $242 − $212 $30 7 Multiply the amount in step 6 by the number of pay periods used in step 3. = $30 × 26 $780 8 Subtract any amounts previously withheld from additional payments in the current financial year if Method B(ii) was used, from the amount at step 7 for the withholding on the additional payment. = $780 − $0 $780 9 Multiply the additional payment being made in the current pay period by 47%. = $2,480 × 47% $1,165 10 Use the lesser amount of step 8 and step 9 for the withholding on the additional payment. Ignore any cents. = $780. This amount is used as it's less than step 9. $780 11 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Laura's gross earnings (excluding additional payments) for the current pay period. $212 12 Work out the total PAYG withholding for this pay period by adding the withholding on the additional payment (step 10) to the withholding on the gross earnings (step 11). = $780 + $212 $992 • The calculations are made using scale 2, with tax-free threshold. Example 3: Withholding from a lump sum payment in arrears using Method B(ii) Laura is employed by Minercorp Pty Ltd and receives a fortnightly salary of $1,800. She is entitled to an allowance from her employer when working in remote areas. In 2024, Laura worked in a remote area for six months, but she was not paid this allowance. The total allowance that she should have been paid for this period was $2,480. Her employer discovers their oversight and agrees to pay her the $2,480 as a lump sum payment in arrears on 10 November 2026. Her gross earnings for pay period 10 is $1,800. Laura has received normal earnings (year to date) of $18,000 including the current pay. The amount Laura's payer must withhold from this payment is calculated using Method B(ii) as follows: Method B(ii) instruction – for Example 3 Step Instruction Result 1 Calculate Laura's average total earnings over the current financial year to date (including current pay). = $18,000 ÷ 10 $1,800 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Laura's average total earnings in step 1. $212 3 Add all additional payments made to Laura in the current financial year if Method B(ii) was used to calculate the withholding, to the additional payment in the current pay. Laura's additional payment of $2,480 is then divided by the number of pay periods in the financial year. = $2,480 ÷ 26 $95 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the average total earnings at step 1. = $1,800 + $95 $1,895 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from the amount at step 4. $242 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. = $242 − $212 $30 7 Multiply the amount in step 6 by the number of pay periods used in step 3. = $30 × 26 $780 8 Subtract any amounts previously withheld from additional payments in the current financial year if Method B(ii) was used, from the amount at step 7 for the withholding on the additional payment. = $780 − $0 $780 9 Multiply the additional payment being made in the current pay period by 47%. = $2,480 × 47% $1,165 10 Use the lesser amount of step 8 and step 9 for the withholding on the additional payment. Ignore any cents. = $780. This amount is used as it's less than step 9. $780 11 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Laura's gross earnings (excluding additional payments) for the current pay period. $212 12 Work out the total PAYG withholding for this pay period by adding the withholding on the additional payment (step 10) to the withholding on the gross earnings (step 11). = $780 + $212 $992 Example 4 below uses both: • Study and training support loans monthly tax table effective from 1 July 2026 • Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld effective from 1 July 2026. The calculations are made using scale 2, with tax-free threshold. Example 4: Withholding using Method B(i) and Method B(ii) Bradley, who has an accumulated Financial Supplement debt, is employed by Macropayers Pty Ltd. On 1 September 2026, he received a salary increase of $5 an hour, taking his gross monthly salary from $6,200 to $7,000. His employer agreed that the increase would be backdated to 1 August 2025 and paid at the end of September 2026. This means that the back payment of salary covers 13 pay periods. The total back payment of salary is $10,400. To work out the total amount to be withheld from the back payment to Bradley, his employer will need to calculate the amount accrued in both: • the current financial year (2 pay periods from 1 July to 31 August 2026) = $1,600 • a prior financial year (11 pay periods from 1 August 2025 to 30 June 2026) = $8,800. You don't need to complete some steps if both Methods B(i) and (ii) are used in the calculations. Method B(i) – PAYG withholding component – for Example 4 Step Instruction Result 1 Work out how much of Bradley's additional payment applied to each earlier pay period in the current financial year. In this example it is $1,600 over two pay periods. = $1,600 ÷ 2 $800 2 For the first affected pay period, add the additional payment relevant to that period to the normal earnings previously paid to get total earnings for that period. = $6,200 + $800 $7000 3 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Bradley's total earnings for that period. $1,452 4 Subtract the amount previously withheld for the period from the amount at step 3. = $1452 − $1196 $256 5 Repeat steps 2–4 for each pay period affected. Total the amounts calculated in step 4 for each pay period for the withholding on the additional payment. As it is the same amount for each pay period in this example, it will be 2 × $256. $512 6 This step is not required as withholding is also calculated using Method B(ii). n/a 7 This step is not required as withholding is also calculated using Method B(ii). n/a As Bradley has an accumulated Financial Supplement (FS) debt, his employer will need to calculate a withholding amount from the back payment for FS. They use the same method as they used to calculate withholding for the back payment in the first part of this example. Method B(i) – FS component – for Example 4 Step Instruction Result 1 Work out how much of Bradley's additional payment applied to each earlier pay period in the current financial year. In this example it is $1,600 over two pay periods. = $1,600 ÷ 2 $800 2 For the first affected pay period, add the additional payment relevant to that period to the normal earnings previously paid to get total normal earnings for that period. = $6,200 + $800 $7,000 3 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for FS from Bradley's total normal gross earnings for that period. $182 4 Subtract the amount previously withheld for the period from the amount at step 3. = $182 − $61 $121 5 Repeat steps 2–4 for each pay period affected. Total the amounts calculated in step 4 for each pay period for the FS withholding on the additional payment. As it is the same amount for each pay period in this example, it will be 2 × $121. $242 6 This step is not required as withholding is also calculated using Method B(ii). n/a 7 This step is not required as withholding is also calculated using Method B(ii). n/a Method B(ii) – PAYG withholding component – for Example 4 Step Instruction Result 1 Calculate Bradley's average total earnings, which in this example is = (salary earnings to date + current financial year additional payments to date) ÷ number of pay periods = [($6,200 + $6,200 + $7,000) + $1,600] ÷ 3 = $21,000 ÷ 3 $7,000 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Bradley's average total earnings in step 1. $1452 3 Add all additional payments made to Bradley in current financial year where Method B(ii) was used to calculate the withholding, to the additional payment in current pay. Then divide by the number of pay periods in the financial year. = $8,800 ÷ 12 $733 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the average total earnings at step 1. = $7,000 + $733 $7,733 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from the amount at step 4. $1,686 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. = $1,686 − $1,452 $234 7 Multiply the amount in step 6 by the number of pay periods used in step 3. = $234 × 12 $2,808 8 Subtract any amounts previously withheld from additional payments in the current financial year if Method B(ii) was used, from the amount at step 7 for the withholding on the additional payment. = $2,808 − $0 $2,808 9 This step is not required as final calculations for withholding limit and total withholding will be made after FS component is calculated. n/a 10 This step is not required as final calculations for withholding limit and total withholding will be made after FS component is calculated. n/a 11 This step is not required as final calculations for withholding limit and total withholding will be made after FS component is calculated. n/a 12 This step is not required as final calculations for withholding limit and total withholding will be made after FS component is calculated. n/a As Bradley has an accumulated Financial Supplement debt his employer will need to calculate the withholding amount from the back payment for FS. They use the same method as they used to calculate withholding for the back payment in the first part of this example. Method B(ii) – FS component – for Example 4 Step Instruction Result 1 Calculate Bradley's average total earnings, which in this example is: = (salary earnings to date + current financial year additional payments to date) ÷ number of pay periods = [($6,200 + $6,200 + $7,000) + $1,600] ÷ 3 = $21,000 ÷ 3 $7,000 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for FS on Bradley's average total earnings in step 1. $182 3 Add all additional payments made to Bradley in current financial year where Method B(ii) was used to calculate the withholding, to the additional payment in current pay. Then divide by the number of pay periods in the financial year. = $8,800 ÷ 12 $733 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the average total earnings at step 1. = $7,000 + $733 $7,733 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for FS from the amount at step 4. $290 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. = $290 − $182 $108 7 Multiply the amount in step 6 by the number of pay periods used in step 3. = $108 × 12 $1,296 8 Subtract any amounts previously withheld from additional payments in the current financial year if Method B(ii) was used, from the amount at step 7 for the withholding for FS on the additional payment. = $888 − $0 $1,296 Withholding limit (including FS component) – for Example 4 Step Instruction Result 9 Multiply the additional payment being made using Method B(ii) in the current pay period by 47%. = $8,800 × 47% $4,136 10 Use the lesser amount of step 8 (combined) and step 9 for the withholding on the additional payment. Ignore any cents. Combine the two step 8 results. = $2,808 + $1,296 = $4,104 This amount is used as it's less than step 9. $4,104 11 This step is not applicable as total withholding for the current pay period will need to include amounts calculated in Method B(i). n/a 12 This step is not applicable as total withholding for the current pay period will need to include amounts calculated in Method B(i). n/a Calculate the total PAYG withholding amount for the current pay period Add the amounts to be withheld for each component: Withholding on gross earnings current pay period • PAYG withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $1,452 • FS withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $182 Method B(i) withholding • PAYG withholding on additional payment for current financial year = $512 • FS withholding on additional payment for current financial year = $242 Method B(ii) withholding • PAYG withholding on additional payment for prior financial year = $2,808 • FS withholding on additional payment for prior financial year = $1,296 The total amount to withhold in the current pay period is $6,492 $1,452 + $182 + $512 + $242 + $2,808 + $1,296). • Study and training support loans monthly tax table effective from 1 July 2026 • Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld effective from 1 July 2026. The calculations are made using scale 2, with tax-free threshold. Example 4: Withholding using Method B(i) and Method B(ii) Bradley, who has an accumulated Financial Supplement debt, is employed by Macropayers Pty Ltd. On 1 September 2026, he received a salary increase of $5 an hour, taking his gross monthly salary from $6,200 to $7,000. His employer agreed that the increase would be backdated to 1 August 2025 and paid at the end of September 2026. This means that the back payment of salary covers 13 pay periods. The total back payment of salary is $10,400. To work out the total amount to be withheld from the back payment to Bradley, his employer will need to calculate the amount accrued in both: • the current financial year (2 pay periods from 1 July to 31 August 2026) = $1,600 • a prior financial year (11 pay periods from 1 August 2025 to 30 June 2026) = $8,800. You don't need to complete some steps if both Methods B(i) and (ii) are used in the calculations. Method B(i) – PAYG withholding component – for Example 4 Step Instruction Result 1 Work out how much of Bradley's additional payment applied to each earlier pay period in the current financial year. In this example it is $1,600 over two pay periods. = $1,600 ÷ 2 $800 2 For the first affected pay period, add the additional payment relevant to that period to the normal earnings previously paid to get total earnings for that period. = $6,200 + $800 $7000 3 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Bradley's total earnings for that period. $1,452 4 Subtract the amount previously withheld for the period from the amount at step 3. = $1452 − $1196 $256 5 Repeat steps 2–4 for each pay period affected. Total the amounts calculated in step 4 for each pay period for the withholding on the additional payment. As it is the same amount for each pay period in this example, it will be 2 × $256. $512 6 This step is not required as withholding is also calculated using Method B(ii). n/a 7 This step is not required as withholding is also calculated using Method B(ii). n/a As Bradley has an accumulated Financial Supplement (FS) debt, his employer will need to calculate a withholding amount from the back payment for FS. They use the same method as they used to calculate withholding for the back payment in the first part of this example. Method B(i) – FS component – for Example 4 Step Instruction Result 1 Work out how much of Bradley's additional payment applied to each earlier pay period in the current financial year. In this example it is $1,600 over two pay periods. = $1,600 ÷ 2 $800 2 For the first affected pay period, add the additional payment relevant to that period to the normal earnings previously paid to get total normal earnings for that period. = $6,200 + $800 $7,000 3 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for FS from Bradley's total normal gross earnings for that period. $182 4 Subtract the amount previously withheld for the period from the amount at step 3. = $182 − $61 $121 5 Repeat steps 2–4 for each pay period affected. Total the amounts calculated in step 4 for each pay period for the FS withholding on the additional payment. As it is the same amount for each pay period in this example, it will be 2 × $121. $242 6 This step is not required as withholding is also calculated using Method B(ii). n/a 7 This step is not required as withholding is also calculated using Method B(ii). n/a Method B(ii) – PAYG withholding component – for Example 4 Step Instruction Result 1 Calculate Bradley's average total earnings, which in this example is = (salary earnings to date + current financial year additional payments to date) ÷ number of pay periods = [($6,200 + $6,200 + $7,000) + $1,600] ÷ 3 = $21,000 ÷ 3 $7,000 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from Bradley's average total earnings in step 1. $1452 3 Add all additional payments made to Bradley in current financial year where Method B(ii) was used to calculate the withholding, to the additional payment in current pay. Then divide by the number of pay periods in the financial year. = $8,800 ÷ 12 $733 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the average total earnings at step 1. = $7,000 + $733 $7,733 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld from the amount at step 4. $1,686 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. = $1,686 − $1,452 $234 7 Multiply the amount in step 6 by the number of pay periods used in step 3. = $234 × 12 $2,808 8 Subtract any amounts previously withheld from additional payments in the current financial year if Method B(ii) was used, from the amount at step 7 for the withholding on the additional payment. = $2,808 − $0 $2,808 9 This step is not required as final calculations for withholding limit and total withholding will be made after FS component is calculated. n/a 10 This step is not required as final calculations for withholding limit and total withholding will be made after FS component is calculated. n/a 11 This step is not required as final calculations for withholding limit and total withholding will be made after FS component is calculated. n/a 12 This step is not required as final calculations for withholding limit and total withholding will be made after FS component is calculated. n/a As Bradley has an accumulated Financial Supplement debt his employer will need to calculate the withholding amount from the back payment for FS. They use the same method as they used to calculate withholding for the back payment in the first part of this example. Method B(ii) – FS component – for Example 4 Step Instruction Result 1 Calculate Bradley's average total earnings, which in this example is: = (salary earnings to date + current financial year additional payments to date) ÷ number of pay periods = [($6,200 + $6,200 + $7,000) + $1,600] ÷ 3 = $21,000 ÷ 3 $7,000 2 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for FS on Bradley's average total earnings in step 1. $182 3 Add all additional payments made to Bradley in current financial year where Method B(ii) was used to calculate the withholding, to the additional payment in current pay. Then divide by the number of pay periods in the financial year. = $8,800 ÷ 12 $733 4 Add the amount at step 3 to the average total earnings at step 1. = $7,000 + $733 $7,733 5 Use the relevant tax table to find the amount to be withheld for FS from the amount at step 4. $290 6 Subtract the amount at step 2 from the amount at step 5. = $290 − $182 $108 7 Multiply the amount in step 6 by the number of pay periods used in step 3. = $108 × 12 $1,296 8 Subtract any amounts previously withheld from additional payments in the current financial year if Method B(ii) was used, from the amount at step 7 for the withholding for FS on the additional payment. = $888 − $0 $1,296 Withholding limit (including FS component) – for Example 4 Step Instruction Result 9 Multiply the additional payment being made using Method B(ii) in the current pay period by 47%. = $8,800 × 47% $4,136 10 Use the lesser amount of step 8 (combined) and step 9 for the withholding on the additional payment. Ignore any cents. Combine the two step 8 results. = $2,808 + $1,296 = $4,104 This amount is used as it's less than step 9. $4,104 11 This step is not applicable as total withholding for the current pay period will need to include amounts calculated in Method B(i). n/a 12 This step is not applicable as total withholding for the current pay period will need to include amounts calculated in Method B(i). n/a Calculate the total PAYG withholding amount for the current pay period Add the amounts to be withheld for each component: Withholding on gross earnings current pay period • PAYG withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $1,452 • FS withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $182 Method B(i) withholding • PAYG withholding on additional payment for current financial year = $512 • FS withholding on additional payment for current financial year = $242 Method B(ii) withholding • PAYG withholding on additional payment for prior financial year = $2,808 • FS withholding on additional payment for prior financial year = $1,296 The total amount to withhold in the current pay period is $6,492 $1,452 + $182 + $512 + $242 + $2,808 + $1,296). • the current financial year (2 pay periods from 1 July to 31 August 2026) = $1,600 • a prior financial year (11 pay periods from 1 August 2025 to 30 June 2026) = $8,800. • PAYG withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $1,452 • FS withholding on gross earnings in the current pay period = $182 • PAYG withholding on additional payment for current financial year = $512 • FS withholding on additional payment for current financial year = $242 • PAYG withholding on additional payment for prior financial year = $2,808 • FS withholding on additional payment for prior financial year = $1,296 This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by paragraph 12-80(b) of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if you pay an annuity that was purchased with non-superannuation money, for example, an initial capital investment of personal cash. For annuities purchased using money rolled over from a super fund or super income stream payments, use Schedule 13 – Tax table for superannuation income streams. Working out the withholding amount To work out the withholding amount for an annuity payment purchased with non-superannuation money, you must: 1. Work out the amount of income to withhold from using the following formula: Annuity payment − [Deductible amount / Number of instalments] 1. Work out the amount of income to withhold from using the following formula: Annuity payment − [Deductible amount / Number of instalments] In this formula: • deductible amount represents the amount of the annuity payment that is exempt from tax. This amount is calculated using the formula found in section 27H of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936. – Where the annuity is held in only one person's name, the following formula is used: (Undeducted purchase price of the annuity − Residual capital value) / Term of annuity or life expectation factor The undeducted purchase price is generally the amount of the initial capital investment. – Where the annuity is held or payable to 2 or more people, the deductible amount is apportioned depending on the amount each person received. • number of instalments is the number of instalments of the annuity payable in the income year. 2. Use the corresponding PAYG withholding tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to find the withholding amount. The tax table you use depends on the period which the annuity is paid – for example, weekly or fortnightly. • deductible amount represents the amount of the annuity payment that is exempt from tax. This amount is calculated using the formula found in section 27H of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936. – Where the annuity is held in only one person's name, the following formula is used: (Undeducted purchase price of the annuity − Residual capital value) / Term of annuity or life expectation factor The undeducted purchase price is generally the amount of the initial capital investment. – Where the annuity is held or payable to 2 or more people, the deductible amount is apportioned depending on the amount each person received. • number of instalments is the number of instalments of the annuity payable in the income year. – Where the annuity is held in only one person's name, the following formula is used: (Undeducted purchase price of the annuity − Residual capital value) / Term of annuity or life expectation factor The undeducted purchase price is generally the amount of the initial capital investment. – Where the annuity is held or payable to 2 or more people, the deductible amount is apportioned depending on the amount each person received. 2. Use the corresponding PAYG withholding tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to find the withholding amount. The tax table you use depends on the period which the annuity is paid – for example, weekly or fortnightly. Some payees may be eligible to claim the seniors and pensioners tax offset (SAPTO). If your payee gives you a Withholding declaration indicating that they want to claim a SAPTO entitlement through PAYG withholding, use Schedule 9 – Tax table for seniors and pensioners to work out the amount to withhold from the income amount calculated in step 1. Rounding of withholding amounts Withholding amounts calculated using the above formulas should be rounded to the nearest dollar. Results ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. Do this rounding directly – that is, do not make a preliminary rounding to the nearest cent. If a TFN is not provided, ignore cents when calculating withholding amounts. Examples These examples use the PAYG withholding tax tables at ato.gov.au/taxtables that apply from 1 July 2026. Example 1: Barbara has an annuity she purchased following the sale of a property. She receives annuity payments of $1,000 a week. The deductible amount for the 2026–27 income year is $5,200. 1. The amount of income to withhold tax from: Annuity payment − [Deductible amount / Number of instalments] = $1,000 − [$5,200 / 52] = $1,000 − $100 = $900 2. Barbara is not eligible for SAPTO, so the payer will use the Weekly tax table to work out how much tax to withhold from $900. If Barbara is claiming the tax-free threshold, the amount of tax to be withheld is $106. Example 2: Kenneth will receive fortnightly annuity payments on the 7th and 21st day of the month from 7 February 2027. For the remainder of the income year, the annuity will be $850 per fortnight. The annuity is indexed annually, and the higher indexed amount is paid in the next financial year. Kenneth's deductible amount for a whole income year is $2,600. However, for the part of the current income year (2026–27) that he is to receive an annuity, his deductible amount is $1,000 (for the period 7 February 2027 to 30 June 2027). For the current income year, Kenneth will receive ten annuity instalments. 1. The amount of income to withhold tax from: Annuity payment − [Deductible amount / Number of instalments] = $850 − [$1,000 / 10] = $850 − $100 = $750 2. Kenneth is not eligible for SAPTO, so the payer will then use the Fortnightly tax table to work out how much tax to withhold from $750. If Kenneth is claiming the tax-free threshold, the amount of tax to be withheld is $4. Example 1: Barbara has an annuity she purchased following the sale of a property. She receives annuity payments of $1,000 a week. The deductible amount for the 2026–27 income year is $5,200. 1. The amount of income to withhold tax from: Annuity payment − [Deductible amount / Number of instalments] = $1,000 − [$5,200 / 52] = $1,000 − $100 = $900 2. Barbara is not eligible for SAPTO, so the payer will use the Weekly tax table to work out how much tax to withhold from $900. If Barbara is claiming the tax-free threshold, the amount of tax to be withheld is $106. 1. The amount of income to withhold tax from: Annuity payment − [Deductible amount / Number of instalments] = $1,000 − [$5,200 / 52] = $1,000 − $100 = $900 2. Barbara is not eligible for SAPTO, so the payer will use the Weekly tax table to work out how much tax to withhold from $900. If Barbara is claiming the tax-free threshold, the amount of tax to be withheld is $106. Annuity payment − [Deductible amount / Number of instalments] = $1,000 − [$5,200 / 52] = $1,000 − $100 = $900 Example 2: Kenneth will receive fortnightly annuity payments on the 7th and 21st day of the month from 7 February 2027. For the remainder of the income year, the annuity will be $850 per fortnight. The annuity is indexed annually, and the higher indexed amount is paid in the next financial year. Kenneth's deductible amount for a whole income year is $2,600. However, for the part of the current income year (2026–27) that he is to receive an annuity, his deductible amount is $1,000 (for the period 7 February 2027 to 30 June 2027). For the current income year, Kenneth will receive ten annuity instalments. 1. The amount of income to withhold tax from: Annuity payment − [Deductible amount / Number of instalments] = $850 − [$1,000 / 10] = $850 − $100 = $750 2. Kenneth is not eligible for SAPTO, so the payer will then use the Fortnightly tax table to work out how much tax to withhold from $750. If Kenneth is claiming the tax-free threshold, the amount of tax to be withheld is $4. 1. The amount of income to withhold tax from: Annuity payment − [Deductible amount / Number of instalments] = $850 − [$1,000 / 10] = $850 − $100 = $750 2. Kenneth is not eligible for SAPTO, so the payer will then use the Fortnightly tax table to work out how much tax to withhold from $750. If Kenneth is claiming the tax-free threshold, the amount of tax to be withheld is $4. Annuity payment − [Deductible amount / Number of instalments] = $850 − [$1,000 / 10] = $850 − $100 = $750 Tax file number (TFN) declarations The answers your payees provide on their Tax file number declaration help determine the amount you need to withhold from their annuity payments. A Tax file number declaration applies to any payments made after you receive the declaration. If you receive an updated declaration from a payee, it will override the previous one. If a payee does not give you a valid Tax file number declaration within 14 days of starting a payer-payee relationship, you must tell us by completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the payee and sending it to us. When a TFN has not been provided You must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident payee and 45% from any payment you make to a foreign resident payee (ignoring any cents), if it is an annuity payment that is not a superannuation income stream and all of the following apply: • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. If a payee states at question 1 of the Tax file number declaration they have lodged a Tax file number – application or enquiry for individuals with us, they have 28 days to provide you with their TFN. If the payee has not given you their TFN within 28 days, you must withhold 47% for any annuity payment you make to a resident payee and 45% for any annuity payment you make to a foreign resident payee (ignoring any cents) unless we tell you not to. When a TFN has not been provided do not allow for tax offsets or Medicare levy adjustments. Do not withhold any amount for study and training support loans. Payment summaries You must issue a PAYG payment summary – individual non-business to the payee by 14 July following the end of the financial year in which you made payments to them. However, if your payee requests a payment summary from you during the financial year, you must provide it within 14 days of receiving their request. This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by section 12-90 of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if you pay an amount to an employee for unused leave on the termination of their employment or office. Unused leave payments on termination of employment or office include: • annual leave • leave loading • leave bonuses • long service leave. • annual leave • leave loading • leave bonuses • long service leave. Before calculating the amount to be withheld, you must work out if the payments are being made as a result of a genuine redundancy, invalidity or an early retirement scheme. If you employ individuals under a working holiday makers visa, you must use Schedule 15 – Tax table for working holiday makers for all payments made to them, including unused leave payments on termination of employment. Working out the withholding amount When a TFN is provided The amount to withhold is calculated using the table below. If the post-17 August 1993 lump sum payment from normal termination is less than $300, you must withhold the lesser of the following: • the amount worked out using the table below • 32% of the payment. • the amount worked out using the table below • 32% of the payment. Rounding of withholding amounts Withholding amounts calculated using this schedule are rounded to the nearest dollar. Results ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. If a TFN is not provided, ignore cents when calculating withholding amounts. Marginal rate calculation To work out the marginal rate, you must: 1. Using the relevant PAYG withholding tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables , work out the amount to withhold from your employee's normal gross earnings for a regular pay period. 2. Divide the amount of the payment by the number of normal pay periods in 12 months (12 monthly payments, 26 fortnightly payments or 52 weekly payments). 3. Ignore any cents. 4. Add the amount at step 3 to the normal gross earnings for a single pay period. 5. Use the same PAYG withholding tax tables used at step 1 to work out the amount to withhold for the amount at step 4. 6. Subtract the amount at step 1 from the amount at step 5. 7. Multiply the amount obtained at step 6 by the number of normal pay periods in 12 months (12 monthly payments, 26 fortnightly payments or 52 weekly payments). 1. Using the relevant PAYG withholding tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables , work out the amount to withhold from your employee's normal gross earnings for a regular pay period. 2. Divide the amount of the payment by the number of normal pay periods in 12 months (12 monthly payments, 26 fortnightly payments or 52 weekly payments). 3. Ignore any cents. 4. Add the amount at step 3 to the normal gross earnings for a single pay period. 5. Use the same PAYG withholding tax tables used at step 1 to work out the amount to withhold for the amount at step 4. 6. Subtract the amount at step 1 from the amount at step 5. 7. Multiply the amount obtained at step 6 by the number of normal pay periods in 12 months (12 monthly payments, 26 fortnightly payments or 52 weekly payments). Do not withhold any amount for study and training support loans. Normal gross earnings Normal gross earnings are all payments, except those relating to termination payments, received in the last full pay period of employment. This includes taxable allowances, overtime and bonuses. Therefore, for the purpose of this schedule your employee's normal gross earnings should be taken to be the earnings relating to the last full pay period worked. Where your employee's pay fluctuates significantly over a number of pay periods, you can use the average of gross taxable earnings for the financial year to date over the number of pays received. The following example uses the Weekly tax table at ato.gov.au, effective from 1 July 2026. Example: Norman retires on 31 December 2026. He qualified for long service leave after 10 years of service, with further leave accruing on each completed year of service. He is not leaving because of genuine redundancy, invalidity or under an early retirement scheme. Norman also receives his normal weekly earnings of $1,155. He has quoted his TFN and has claimed the tax-free threshold. Therefore, the amount withheld is calculated using column 2 of the Weekly tax table. Details of payment for long service leave: • Pre-16 August 1978 component = $780.00 • 16 August 1978 to 17 August 1993 component = $6,420.00 • Post-17 August 1993 component = $14,820.00 Amounts to be withheld: • Pre–16 August 1978 component subject to withholding = $780.00 × 5% = $39.00 The marginal rate calculation is used to work out the amount to be withheld from the pre-16 August 1978 component. • 16 August 1978 to 17 August 1993 component = $6,420.00 × 32% = $2,054.40 The post-17 August 1993 component of $14.820.00 is also to be withheld at the marginal rate. To simplify the marginal rate calculation for this employee, the pre-16 August 1978 component and the post-17 August 1993 component are added together first: $39.00 + $14,820.00 = $14,859.00 Now apply the marginal rate calculation to the sum of the two components. Marginal rate calculation Step Instructions Result 1 Amounts to be withheld from normal gross earnings ($1,155) $188 2 Divide the amount of the payment by the number of normal pay periods in 12 months ($14,859.00 ÷ 52) $285.75 3 Disregard any cents $285 4 Add the amount at step 3 to normal gross earnings for a single pay period ($1,155 + $285) $1,440 5 Work out the amount to be withheld from the amount at step 4 ($1,440) $279 6 Subtract the amount at step 1 from the amount at step 5 ($279 − $188) $91 7 Multiply the amount at step 6 by the number of normal pay periods in 12 months ($91 × 52) $4,732 The amount to be withheld from the three components of Norman's unused long service leave payments is $6,786 ($2,054 + $4,732). See the section in this schedule above 'Rounding of withholding amounts'. The total amount to be withheld from payments made to Norman upon his retirement in his final pay week is $6,974. This consists of $188 withholding from normal earnings plus $6,786 withholding from unused long service leave. Example: Norman retires on 31 December 2026. He qualified for long service leave after 10 years of service, with further leave accruing on each completed year of service. He is not leaving because of genuine redundancy, invalidity or under an early retirement scheme. Norman also receives his normal weekly earnings of $1,155. He has quoted his TFN and has claimed the tax-free threshold. Therefore, the amount withheld is calculated using column 2 of the Weekly tax table. Details of payment for long service leave: • Pre-16 August 1978 component = $780.00 • 16 August 1978 to 17 August 1993 component = $6,420.00 • Post-17 August 1993 component = $14,820.00 Amounts to be withheld: • Pre–16 August 1978 component subject to withholding = $780.00 × 5% = $39.00 The marginal rate calculation is used to work out the amount to be withheld from the pre-16 August 1978 component. • 16 August 1978 to 17 August 1993 component = $6,420.00 × 32% = $2,054.40 The post-17 August 1993 component of $14.820.00 is also to be withheld at the marginal rate. To simplify the marginal rate calculation for this employee, the pre-16 August 1978 component and the post-17 August 1993 component are added together first: $39.00 + $14,820.00 = $14,859.00 Now apply the marginal rate calculation to the sum of the two components. Marginal rate calculation Step Instructions Result 1 Amounts to be withheld from normal gross earnings ($1,155) $188 2 Divide the amount of the payment by the number of normal pay periods in 12 months ($14,859.00 ÷ 52) $285.75 3 Disregard any cents $285 4 Add the amount at step 3 to normal gross earnings for a single pay period ($1,155 + $285) $1,440 5 Work out the amount to be withheld from the amount at step 4 ($1,440) $279 6 Subtract the amount at step 1 from the amount at step 5 ($279 − $188) $91 7 Multiply the amount at step 6 by the number of normal pay periods in 12 months ($91 × 52) $4,732 The amount to be withheld from the three components of Norman's unused long service leave payments is $6,786 ($2,054 + $4,732). See the section in this schedule above 'Rounding of withholding amounts'. The total amount to be withheld from payments made to Norman upon his retirement in his final pay week is $6,974. This consists of $188 withholding from normal earnings plus $6,786 withholding from unused long service leave. • Pre-16 August 1978 component = $780.00 • 16 August 1978 to 17 August 1993 component = $6,420.00 • Post-17 August 1993 component = $14,820.00 • Pre–16 August 1978 component subject to withholding = $780.00 × 5% = $39.00 The marginal rate calculation is used to work out the amount to be withheld from the pre-16 August 1978 component. • 16 August 1978 to 17 August 1993 component = $6,420.00 × 32% = $2,054.40 Withholding variations If an employee has a withholding variation in effect when unused leave payments are made, the rate specified on the variation notice will only apply to the unused leave payments if the variation notice includes unused leave payments. Otherwise, the rates in this schedule apply. This includes using the regular tax table per pay period for the marginal rate calculation, and not the varied withholding rate. When a TFN has not been provided If your employee who is receiving the unused leave payments has not provided you with their TFN before the payment is made, you must withhold 47% from the payment. If your employee is a foreign resident who has not provided you with their TFN, you must withhold 45% from the payment. If your employee believes that for their circumstances the amount you withhold will be too much, they may apply for a variation to reduce the amount of withholding. Tax file number (TFN) declaration Any Tax file number declaration your employee provides while they were working for you will only be effective: • for the period that they were working for you, or • 12 months after you make the last payment. • for the period that they were working for you, or • 12 months after you make the last payment. This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by Subdivisions 12-B (except sections 12-50 and 12-55), 12-C (except sections 12-85 and 12-90) and 12-D of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The coefficients in this schedule should be used together with Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if you develop your own payroll or accounting software package. Formulas and coefficients are used for calculating weekly withholding amounts for payees who have a: • Higher Education Loan Program (HELP) debt • VET Student Loan (VSL) debt • Financial Supplement (FS) debt • Student Start-up Loan (SSL) debt (includes ABSTUDY SSL debts), or • Australian Apprenticeship Support Loan (AASL) debt (formerly Trade Support Loan debt). • Higher Education Loan Program (HELP) debt • VET Student Loan (VSL) debt • Financial Supplement (FS) debt • Student Start-up Loan (SSL) debt (includes ABSTUDY SSL debts), or • Australian Apprenticeship Support Loan (AASL) debt (formerly Trade Support Loan debt). Using a formula The withholding amounts for payees who have a study and training support loans debt can be expressed in a mathematical form. If you have developed your own payroll or accounting software package, use the formulas and component rates outlined below. From 2025-26 onwards, the system for student loan repayments has changed to a marginal repayment system. This has resulted in changes to the formula to calculate the Study and training support loans (STSL) component amount. The formulas comprise linear equations of the form y = ax, where: • y is the weekly study and training support loans component • x is the weekly earnings rounded down to whole dollars plus 99 cents • a and b are the values of the coefficients for each set of formulas for each range of weekly earnings (or, in the case of fortnightly, monthly or quarterly earnings, the weekly equivalent of these amounts – see 'Calculating fortnightly, monthly or quarterly withholding amounts'). • y is the weekly study and training support loans component • x is the weekly earnings rounded down to whole dollars plus 99 cents • a and b are the values of the coefficients for each set of formulas for each range of weekly earnings (or, in the case of fortnightly, monthly or quarterly earnings, the weekly equivalent of these amounts – see 'Calculating fortnightly, monthly or quarterly withholding amounts'). Study and training support loans component rates Tax-free threshold claimed or foreign resident Weekly earnings (x) $ (a) (b) Less than 1,337 – – Less than 2,494 0.15 200.5615 Less than 3,577 0.17 250.4527 3,577 & over 0.10 0.0000 No tax-free threshold claimed Weekly earnings (x) $ (a) (b) Less than 987 – – Less than 2,144 0.15 148.0615 Less than 2,727 0.17 190.9527 2,727 & over 0.10 0.0000 Calculating fortnightly, monthly or quarterly withholding amounts First calculate the weekly equivalent of fortnightly, monthly or quarterly earnings. If you pay: • fortnightly – divide the sum of the fortnightly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding by 2. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • monthly – obtain the sum of the monthly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding (if the result is an amount ending in 33 cents, add one cent). Multiply this amount by 3 and then divide by 13. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • quarterly – divide the sum of the quarterly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding by 13. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • fortnightly – divide the sum of the fortnightly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding by 2. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • monthly – obtain the sum of the monthly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding (if the result is an amount ending in 33 cents, add one cent). Multiply this amount by 3 and then divide by 13. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • quarterly – divide the sum of the quarterly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding by 13. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. Then calculate fortnightly, monthly or quarterly withholding amounts as follows: • fortnightly – determine the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 2. • monthly – determine the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 13, divide the product by 3 and round the result to the nearest dollar. • quarterly – determine the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 13. • fortnightly – determine the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 2. • monthly – determine the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 13, divide the product by 3 and round the result to the nearest dollar. • quarterly – determine the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 13. When to work out the study and training support loans component You will need to calculate the study and training support loans component when your payee has given you a Tax file number declaration or Withholding declaration and has: • answered yes to the question on whether they have a: – Higher Education Loan Program (HELP) debt – VET Student Loan (VSL) debt – Financial Supplement (FS) debt – Student Start-up Loan (SSL) debt (including ABSTUDY SSL debts) or – Australian Apprenticeship Support Loan (AASL) debt (formerly Trade Support Loan debt) • not completed a Medicare levy variation declaration claiming a reduction or exemption in the Medicare levy for having a spouse or dependants and low family income • claimed the tax-free threshold or is a foreign resident with earnings of one of the following: – $1,337 or more if paid weekly – $2,674 or more if paid fortnightly – $5,793.67 or more if paid monthly – $17,381 or more if paid quarterly. • answered yes to the question on whether they have a: – Higher Education Loan Program (HELP) debt – VET Student Loan (VSL) debt – Financial Supplement (FS) debt – Student Start-up Loan (SSL) debt (including ABSTUDY SSL debts) or – Australian Apprenticeship Support Loan (AASL) debt (formerly Trade Support Loan debt) • not completed a Medicare levy variation declaration claiming a reduction or exemption in the Medicare levy for having a spouse or dependants and low family income • claimed the tax-free threshold or is a foreign resident with earnings of one of the following: – $1,337 or more if paid weekly – $2,674 or more if paid fortnightly – $5,793.67 or more if paid monthly – $17,381 or more if paid quarterly. – Higher Education Loan Program (HELP) debt – VET Student Loan (VSL) debt – Financial Supplement (FS) debt – Student Start-up Loan (SSL) debt (including ABSTUDY SSL debts) or – Australian Apprenticeship Support Loan (AASL) debt (formerly Trade Support Loan debt) – $1,337 or more if paid weekly – $2,674 or more if paid fortnightly – $5,793.67 or more if paid monthly – $17,381 or more if paid quarterly. If your payee has not claimed the tax-free threshold, the study and training support loans component is calculated on earnings of: – $987 or more if paid weekly – $1,974 or more if paid fortnightly – $4,277 or more if paid monthly – $12,831 or more if paid quarterly. – $987 or more if paid weekly – $1,974 or more if paid fortnightly – $4,277 or more if paid monthly – $12,831 or more if paid quarterly. You must withhold the study and training support loans component from all your payee's earnings, including taxable allowances, bonuses and commissions. Example 1: weekly earnings A payee has claimed the tax-free threshold and has weekly earnings of $2,608.36. x = 2,608.99 Weekly withholding amount (y) = ax − b = (0.1700 − 2,608.99) − 250.4527 = 193.0756 or $193.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar). Weekly STSL component = $193 Example 2: fortnightly earnings A payee has claimed the tax-free threshold and has fortnightly earnings of $4,409.75. Convert to weekly equivalent = 4,409.75 ÷ 2 = 2,204.88 or $2,204 (ignore cents) x = 2,204.99 Weekly withholding amount (y) = ax − b = (0.1500 − 2,204.99) − 200.5615 = 130.1870 or $130.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Convert back to fortnightly = 260.00 (130.00 − 2) Fortnightly STSL component = $260 Example 3: monthly earnings A payee has not claimed the tax-free threshold and has monthly earnings of $10,627.88. Convert to weekly equivalent = 10,627.88 − 3 ÷ 13 = 2,452.59 or $2,452 (ignore cents) x = 2,452.99 Weekly withholding amount (y) = ax − b = (0.1700 − 2,452.99) − 190.9527 = 226.0556 or $226.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Convert back to monthly = 979.33 (226.00 − 13 ÷ 3) Monthly STSL component = $979 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Example 1: weekly earnings A payee has claimed the tax-free threshold and has weekly earnings of $2,608.36. x = 2,608.99 Weekly withholding amount (y) = ax − b = (0.1700 − 2,608.99) − 250.4527 = 193.0756 or $193.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar). Weekly STSL component = $193 Example 2: fortnightly earnings A payee has claimed the tax-free threshold and has fortnightly earnings of $4,409.75. Convert to weekly equivalent = 4,409.75 ÷ 2 = 2,204.88 or $2,204 (ignore cents) x = 2,204.99 Weekly withholding amount (y) = ax − b = (0.1500 − 2,204.99) − 200.5615 = 130.1870 or $130.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Convert back to fortnightly = 260.00 (130.00 − 2) Fortnightly STSL component = $260 Example 3: monthly earnings A payee has not claimed the tax-free threshold and has monthly earnings of $10,627.88. Convert to weekly equivalent = 10,627.88 − 3 ÷ 13 = 2,452.59 or $2,452 (ignore cents) x = 2,452.99 Weekly withholding amount (y) = ax − b = (0.1700 − 2,452.99) − 190.9527 = 226.0556 or $226.00 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Convert back to monthly = 979.33 (226.00 − 13 ÷ 3) Monthly STSL component = $979 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Do not withhold any amount for study and training support loans debts from lump sum termination payments. Coefficients to work out the weekly amounts to withhold Your payee's total withholding, including the study and training support loans component, can be calculated using the formula and coefficients stated below. Using a formula The formulas comprise linear equations of the form y = ax − b , where: • y is the weekly withholding amount expressed in dollars • x is the number of whole dollars in the weekly earnings plus 99 cents • a and b are the values of the coefficients for each set of formulas for each range of weekly earnings (or, in the case of fortnightly, monthly or quarterly earnings, the weekly equivalent of these amounts). • y is the weekly withholding amount expressed in dollars • x is the number of whole dollars in the weekly earnings plus 99 cents • a and b are the values of the coefficients for each set of formulas for each range of weekly earnings (or, in the case of fortnightly, monthly or quarterly earnings, the weekly equivalent of these amounts). If two payees are taxed using a particular scale (for example, scale 2) but only one of them has a study and training support loans debt, you will need to set up two separate scales in your payroll system. One scale will need to incorporate the study and training support loans component and one will not – for example, name one 'scale 2' and the other 'scale 22'. The study and training support loans component does not apply if the payee has not provided a tax file number (TFN). For scales without the study and training support loans component, refer to Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld. Where payee has not claimed the tax-free threshold in Tax file number declaration – scale 1 With study and training support loans debt Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 188 0.1500 0.1500 Less than 371 0.2084 11.0185 Less than 515 0.1790 0.1066 Less than 932 0.3227 74.1674 Less than 987 0.3200 71.6508 Less than 2,144 0.4700 219.7124 Less than 2,246 0.4900 262.6035 Less than 2,727 0.5600 419.8343 Less than 3,303 0.4900 228.8816 3,303 & over 0.5700 493.1893 Where payee has claimed the tax-free threshold in Tax file number declaration with or without leave loading – scale 2 With study and training support loans debt Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 362 – – Less than 538 0.1500 54.3462 Less than 673 0.2500 108.2135 Less than 721 0.1700 54.3473 Less than 865 0.1790 60.8377 Less than 1,282 0.3227 185.1935 Less than 1,337 0.3200 181.7319 Less than 2,494 0.4700 382.2935 Less than 2,596 0.4900 432.1846 Less than 3,577 0.5600 613.9154 Less than 3,653 0.4900 363.4627 3,653 & over 0.5700 655.7704 Foreign residents – scale 3 With study and training support loans debt Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 1,337 0.3000 0.3000 Less than 2,494 0.4500 200.5615 Less than 2,596 0.4700 250.4527 Less than 3,577 0.5400 432.1835 Less than 3,653 0.4700 181.7308 3,653 & over 0.5500 474.0385 Where payee claimed FULL exemption from Medicare levy in Medicare levy variation declaration – scale 5 With study and training support loans debt Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 362 – – Less than 721 0.1500 54.3462 Less than 865 0.1590 60.8365 Less than 1,282 0.3027 185.1923 Less than 1,337 0.3000 181.7308 Less than 2,494 0.4500 382.2923 Less than 2,596 0.4700 432.1835 Less than 3,577 0.5400 613.9142 Less than 3,653 0.4700 363.4615 3,653 & over 0.5500 655.7692 Where payee claimed HALF exemption from Medicare levy in Medicare levy variation declaration – scale 6 With study and training support loans debt Weekly earnings (x) less than $ a b Less than 362 – – Less than 721 0.1500 54.3462 Less than 865 0.1590 60.8365 Less than 908 0.3027 185.1923 Less than 1,135 0.3527 230.6135 Less than 1,282 0.3127 185.1923 Less than 1,337 0.3100 181.7308 Less than 2,494 0.4600 382.2923 Less than 2,596 0.4800 432.1835 Less than 3,577 0.5500 613.9142 Less than 3,653 0.4800 363.4615 3,653 & over 0.5600 655.7692 Rounding of withholding amounts Withholding amounts calculated as a result of applying the formulas are rounded to the nearest dollar. Values ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. Do this rounding directly – that is, do not make a preliminary rounding to the nearest cent. Software Payroll or accounting software written in accordance with the formulas in this schedule should be tested for accuracy against the sample data provided at ato.gov.au/taxtables . The results obtained when using the coefficients in this schedule may differ slightly from the sums of the amounts shown in the pay as you go (PAYG) tax tables. The differences result from the rounding of components. Withholding calculated using either method is accepted . This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by Subdivisions 12-B (except sections 12-50 and 12-55), and 12-D of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if you make payments to: • seniors and pensioners who, at the end of the relevant financial year, are 67 years of age or older (for example, to be eligible for the year ending 30 June 2026, a payee must be born on or before 30 June 1959) • veterans receiving a service pension and/or war widows/widowers receiving an income support supplement from the Department of Veterans' Affairs who are at least 60 years of age. • seniors and pensioners who, at the end of the relevant financial year, are 67 years of age or older (for example, to be eligible for the year ending 30 June 2026, a payee must be born on or before 30 June 1959) • veterans receiving a service pension and/or war widows/widowers receiving an income support supplement from the Department of Veterans' Affairs who are at least 60 years of age. This schedule applies to weekly payments including: • salary, wages, allowances and leave loading paid to employees • directors' fees • payments to labour-hire workers • compensation, sickness or accident payments that are calculated at a periodical rate and made because a person is unable to work (unless the payment is made under an insurance policy to the policy owner) • a non-super income stream • a super income stream. • salary, wages, allowances and leave loading paid to employees • directors' fees • payments to labour-hire workers • compensation, sickness or accident payments that are calculated at a periodical rate and made because a person is unable to work (unless the payment is made under an insurance policy to the policy owner) • a non-super income stream • a super income stream. This schedule can only apply if the payee has provided you with either: • a Withholding declaration indicating that they are an Australian resident for tax purposes at question 4 and answered yes to questions 5 and 8 • a Withholding declaration – short version for seniors and pensioners indicating that they are an Australian resident for tax purposes at question 4 and answered yes to questions 5 and 6. • a Withholding declaration indicating that they are an Australian resident for tax purposes at question 4 and answered yes to questions 5 and 8 • a Withholding declaration – short version for seniors and pensioners indicating that they are an Australian resident for tax purposes at question 4 and answered yes to questions 5 and 6. For super income stream payments, you must also use Schedule 13 – Tax table for superannuation income streams to calculate withholding. Working out the withholding amount | 1 To work out the withholding amount: Calculate your payee's total weekly earnings, add any allowances and irregular payments that will be included in this week's pay to the normal weekly earnings, ignoring any cents. 2. Using the applicable tab in the Withholding lookup tool at ato.gov.au/taxtable s, input the amount from step 1 as per instructions in the tool. 3. Use the appropriate column to find the correct amount to withhold. If your payee is: – single, use column 2 – a member of an illness-separated couple, use column 3 – a member of a couple, use column 4. 4. If your payee is entitled to a tax offset or a Medicare levy adjustment, subtract its weekly value from the withholding amount found in step 3. Example: A payee has weekly earnings of $662.95 and has not claimed a Medicare levy exemption. To work out the correct amount to withhold use the first tab in the Withholding lookup tool , ignore cents and input $662. If the payee is: • single, use column 2 to find the correct amount to withhold ($2.00) • a member of an illness-separated couple, use column 3 to find the correct amount to withhold ($6.00) • a member of a couple, use column 4 to find the correct amount to withhold ($21.00). 1. Calculate your payee's total weekly earnings, add any allowances and irregular payments that will be included in this week's pay to the normal weekly earnings, ignoring any cents. 2. Using the applicable tab in the Withholding lookup tool at ato.gov.au/taxtable s, input the amount from step 1 as per instructions in the tool. 3. Use the appropriate column to find the correct amount to withhold. If your payee is: – single, use column 2 – a member of an illness-separated couple, use column 3 – a member of a couple, use column 4. 4. If your payee is entitled to a tax offset or a Medicare levy adjustment, subtract its weekly value from the withholding amount found in step 3. – single, use column 2 – a member of an illness-separated couple, use column 3 – a member of a couple, use column 4. Example: A payee has weekly earnings of $662.95 and has not claimed a Medicare levy exemption. To work out the correct amount to withhold use the first tab in the Withholding lookup tool , ignore cents and input $662. If the payee is: • single, use column 2 to find the correct amount to withhold ($2.00) • a member of an illness-separated couple, use column 3 to find the correct amount to withhold ($6.00) • a member of a couple, use column 4 to find the correct amount to withhold ($21.00). • single, use column 2 to find the correct amount to withhold ($2.00) • a member of an illness-separated couple, use column 3 to find the correct amount to withhold ($6.00) • a member of a couple, use column 4 to find the correct amount to withhold ($21.00). Calculating fortnightly or monthly withholding amounts First calculate the weekly equivalent of fortnightly or monthly earnings. If you pay: • fortnightly – divide the sum of the fortnightly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding by two. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • monthly – obtain the sum of the monthly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding (if the result is an amount ending in 33 cents, add one cent). Multiply this amount by three and then divide by 13. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • fortnightly – divide the sum of the fortnightly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding by two. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. • monthly – obtain the sum of the monthly earnings and the amount of any allowances subject to withholding (if the result is an amount ending in 33 cents, add one cent). Multiply this amount by three and then divide by 13. Ignore any cents in the result and then add 99 cents. Then calculate fortnightly or monthly withholding amounts as follows: • fortnightly – work out the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings, before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by two. • monthly – work out the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings, before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 13, divide the product by three and round the result to the nearest dollar. • fortnightly – work out the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings, before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by two. • monthly – work out the rounded weekly withholding amount applicable to the weekly equivalent of earnings, before any adjustment for tax offsets. Multiply this amount by 13, divide the product by three and round the result to the nearest dollar. Using a formula The withholding amounts shown in this schedule can be expressed in a mathematical form. You should read this section with Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld. If you have developed your own payroll or accounting software package, use the following formulas and the coefficients outlined below. The formulas comprise linear equations of the form y = ax − b, where: • y is the withholding amount expressed in dollars • x is the weekly earnings rounded down to whole dollars plus 99 cents • a and b are the values of the coefficients for the formulas shown in the relevant 'Values of the coefficients a and b for each set of formulas' tables. • y is the withholding amount expressed in dollars • x is the weekly earnings rounded down to whole dollars plus 99 cents • a and b are the values of the coefficients for the formulas shown in the relevant 'Values of the coefficients a and b for each set of formulas' tables. Note: Additional scales have been provided where the payee has claimed a FULL or HALF Medicare levy exemption. Values of the coefficients a and b for each set of formulas Scale 1 – Payee is single: Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 648 – – Less than 692 0.1500 97.2308 Less than 721 0.2750 183.8510 Less than 851 0.2840 190.3413 Less than 865 0.3840 275.4721 Less than 1,036 0.5277 399.8279 Less than 1,064 0.4027 270.3231 Less than 1,282 0.3227 185.1923 Less than 2,596 0.3200 181.7319 Less than 3,653 0.3900 363.4627 3,653 & over 0.4700 655.7704 Scale 2 – Payee is a member of an illness-separated couple: Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 623 – – Less than 668 0.1500 93.5769 Less than 721 0.2750 177.1514 Less than 851 0.2840 183.6418 Less than 865 0.3840 268.7726 Less than 982 0.5277 393.1284 Less than 1,064 0.4027 270.3231 Less than 1,282 0.3227 185.1923 Less than 2,596 0.3200 181.7319 Less than 3,653 0.3900 363.4627 3,653 & over 0.4700 655.7704 Scale 3 – Payee is a member of a couple: Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 567 – – Less than 612 0.1500 85.1538 Less than 721 0.2750 161.7091 Less than 851 0.2840 168.1995 Less than 858 0.3840 253.3303 Less than 865 0.2590 145.9673 Less than 1,064 0.4027 270.3231 Less than 1,282 0.3227 185.1923 Less than 2,596 0.3200 181.7319 Less than 3,653 0.3900 363.4627 3,653 & over 0.4700 655.7704 Scale 4 – Payee is single and is claiming a FULL Medicare levy exemption: Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 648 – – Less than 692 0.1500 97.2308 Less than 721 0.2750 183.8510 Less than 865 0.2840 190.3413 Less than 1,036 0.4277 314.6971 Less than 1,282 0.3027 185.1923 Less than 2,596 0.3000 181.7308 Less than 3,653 0.3700 363.4615 3,653 & over 0.4500 655.7692 Scale 5 – Payee is a member of an illness-separated couple and is claiming a FULL Medicare levy exemption: Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 623 – – Less than 668 0.1500 93.5769 Less than 721 0.2750 177.1514 Less than 865 0.2840 183.6418 Less than 982 0.4277 307.9976 Less than 1,282 0.3027 185.1923 Less than 2,596 0.3000 181.7308 Less than 3,653 0.3700 363.4615 3,653 & over 0.4500 655.7692 Scale 6 – Payee is a member of a couple and is claiming a FULL Medicare levy exemption: Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 567 – – Less than 612 0.1500 85.1538 Less than 721 0.2750 161.7091 Less than 858 0.2840 168.1995 Less than 865 0.1590 60.8365 Less than 1,282 0.3027 185.1923 Less than 2,596 0.3000 181.7308 Less than 3,653 0.3700 363.4615 3,653 & over 0.4500 655.7692 Scale 7 – Payee is single and is claiming a HALF Medicare levy exemption: Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 648 – – Less than 692 0.1500 97.2308 Less than 721 0.2750 183.8510 Less than 865 0.2840 190.3413 Less than 1,036 0.4277 314.6971 Less than 1,185 0.3027 185.1923 Less than 1,282 0.3527 244.4452 Less than 1,481 0.3500 240.9837 Less than 2,596 0.3100 181.7308 Less than 3,653 0.3800 363.4615 3,653 & over 0.4600 655.7692 Scale 8 – Payee is a member of an illness-separated couple and is claiming a HALF Medicare levy exemption: Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 623 – – Less than 668 0.1500 93.5769 Less than 721 0.2750 177.1514 Less than 865 0.2840 183.6418 Less than 982 0.4277 307.9976 Less than 1,185 0.3027 185.1923 Less than 1,282 0.3527 244.4452 Less than 1,481 0.3500 240.9837 Less than 2,596 0.3100 181.7308 Less than 3,653 0.3800 363.4615 3,653 & over 0.4600 655.7692 Scale 9 – Payee is a member of a couple and is claiming a HALF Medicare levy exemption: Weekly earnings (x) $ a b Less than 567 – – Less than 612 0.1500 85.1538 Less than 721 0.2750 161.7091 Less than 858 0.2840 168.1995 Less than 865 0.1590 60.8365 Less than 1,185 0.3027 185.1923 Less than 1,282 0.3527 244.4452 Less than 1,481 0.3500 240.9837 Less than 2,596 0.3100 181.7308 Less than 3,653 0.3800 363.4615 3,653 & over 0.4600 655.7692 Medicare levy parameters With Medicare levy Half Medicare levy Weekly earnings threshold 851 1,185 Weekly earnings shade-in threshold 1,064 1,481 Medicare levy family threshold 61,623 61,623 Weekly family threshold divisor 52 52 Additional child 4,338 4,338 Shading out point multiplier 0.1000 0.0500 Shading out point divisor 0.0800 0.0400 Weekly levy adjustment factor 851.3100 1,185.0600 Medicare levy 0.0200 0.0100 Rounding of withholding amounts Withholding amounts calculated as a result of applying the formulas are rounded to the nearest dollar. Results ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. If TFN is not provided, ignore cents when you calculate withholding amounts. Software Payroll or accounting software written in accordance with the formulas in this schedule should be tested for accuracy against the withholding amounts obtained using the Withholding lookup tool at ato.gov.au/taxtables . You should only use such software if it produces the exact amounts. Tax file number (TFN) declarations The answers your payees provide on their Tax file number declaration help determine the amount you need to withhold from their payments. A Tax file number declaration applies to any payments made after you receive the declaration. If you receive an updated declaration from a payee, it will override the previous one. If a payee does not give you a valid Tax file number declaration within 14 days of starting a payer-payee relationship, you must tell us by: • providing employment and tax information about your payee in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the payee and sending it to us. • providing employment and tax information about your payee in your STP Phase 2 reporting and including the applicable tax treatment code beginning in 'N', or • completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the payee and sending it to us. When a TFN has not been provided You must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident payee and 45% from a foreign resident payee (ignoring any cents), if all of the following apply: • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. If a payee states at question 1 of the Tax file number declaration they have lodged a Tax file number – application or enquiry for individuals with us, they have 28 days to provide you with their TFN. If the payee has not given you their TFN within 28 days, you must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident payee and 45% from a foreign resident payee (ignoring any cents) unless we tell you not to. Do not allow for any tax offsets or Medicare levy adjustment. Do not withhold any amount for study and training support loans. When your payee has a study and training support loan debt If your payee has a HELP, VSL, FS, SSL or AASL debt, you may need to withhold additional amounts from their payments. Your payee will need to notify you of this on their Tax file number declaration or Withholding declaration. Allowances Generally, allowances are added to normal earnings and the amount to withhold is calculated on the total amount of earnings and allowances. For more information on when to withhold and report on allowances, refer to Withholding for allowances. Leave loading If you pay leave loading as a lump sum, you need to use Schedule 5 – Tax table for back payments, commissions, bonuses and similar payments to calculate withholding. If you pay leave loading on a pro-rata basis, add the leave loading payment to the earnings for that period to calculate withholding. Withholding declarations A payee may use a Withholding declaration to advise you of a tax offset they choose to claim through reduced withholding from you. For more information on tax offsets, refer to the section in this schedule 'Claiming tax offsets'. Payees can also use a Withholding declaration to advise you of changes to their circumstances that may affect the amount you need to withhold from their payments. Changes that may affect the amount you need to withhold include: • becoming or ceasing to be an Australian resident for tax purposes • claiming or discontinuing a claim for the tax-free threshold • advising of a HELP, VSL, FS, SSL or AASL debt (or changes to them) • claiming an entitlement to a seniors and pensioners tax offset. • becoming or ceasing to be an Australian resident for tax purposes • claiming or discontinuing a claim for the tax-free threshold • advising of a HELP, VSL, FS, SSL or AASL debt (or changes to them) • claiming an entitlement to a seniors and pensioners tax offset. When your payee provides you with a Withholding declaration, it will take effect from the next payment you make. If you receive an updated declaration from a payee, it will replace the previous one. A payee must have provided you with a valid Tax file number declaration before they can provide you with a Withholding declaration. Claiming tax offsets The seniors and pensioners tax offset (SAPTO) is incorporated into this schedule. If your payee chooses to claim their entitlement to other tax offsets through reduced withholding, they must give you a Withholding declaration. To work out your payee's annual tax offset entitlement into a weekly value, use the Ready reckoner for tax offsets below. Deduct this amount from the amount shown in column 2, 3 or 4 of the applicable tab in the Withholding lookup tool at ato.gov.au/taxtables . Ready reckoner for tax offsets Tax offset entitlement – weekly value Amount claimed $ Weekly value $ 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 – 6 – 7 – 8 – 9 – 10 – 20 – 30 1 40 1 50 1 57 1 60 1 70 1 80 2 90 2 100 2 200 4 300 6 338 6 400 8 500 10 600 11 700 13 800 15 900 17 1,000 19 1,173 22 1,200 23 1,400 27 1,600 30 1,800 34 2,000 38 2,200 42 2,400 46 2,600 49 2,800 53 3,000 57 3,200 61 3,400 65 3,600 68 3,800 72 4,000 76 If the exact tax offset amount claimed is not shown in the ready reckoner, add the values for an appropriate combination. Example: Tax offsets of $422 claimed. Add values of $400, $20 and $2 = $8 + $0 + $0 = $8 Therefore, reduce the amount to be withheld by $8. Example: Tax offsets of $422 claimed. Add values of $400, $20 and $2 = $8 + $0 + $0 = $8 Therefore, reduce the amount to be withheld by $8. Medicare levy exemptions To claim the Medicare levy FULL or HALF exemption, a payee must lodge a Medicare levy variation declaration with their Tax file number declaration. If using the formulas to calculate withholding, use the applicable scale where the payee has claimed a FULL or HALF Medicare levy exemption. If using the Withholding lookup tool, choose the tab applicable to FULL or HALF Medicare levy exemption. Medicare levy adjustments To claim the Medicare levy adjustment (available to some low income earners with dependants), a payee must lodge a Medicare levy variation declaration with their Tax file number declaration. For instructions on how to work out the Medicare levy adjustment, refer to Medicare levy adjustment weekly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables . This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by section 12-55 of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if you make payments to an individual under a voluntary agreement to withhold. How to work out the withholding amount To work out the withholding amount, you need to assess whether the payee has informed you of their Commissioner's instalment rate (CIR) and whether the amount includes GST. For more information, refer to Payments under a voluntary agreement. If the payee has informed you of their CIR If the payee has informed you of their CIR, use the following to work out how much to withhold: • If the payee's CIR is greater than or equal to 20% – withhold the amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the payment by the CIR. • If the payee's CIR is less than 20% – withhold the amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the payment by 20%. However, if your voluntary agreement with the payee states that their CIR will apply, you must withhold the amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the payment by the CIR. • If the payee's CIR is greater than or equal to 20% – withhold the amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the payment by the CIR. • If the payee's CIR is less than 20% – withhold the amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the payment by 20%. However, if your voluntary agreement with the payee states that their CIR will apply, you must withhold the amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the payment by the CIR. If the payee has informed you that they do not have a CIR You must withhold 20% of the amount of the payment. If the payment includes an amount for GST If the payment includes an amount for GST, you exclude this GST amount when calculating the appropriate rate to withhold. Example: Francesca is a marketing consultant who receives income from many sources. She has a voluntary agreement to withhold with Ashfield Accounting (her largest payer) and they have agreed to use her CIR of 16.44%. Ashfield Accounting calculates the amount to be withheld by multiplying the amount of each payment (excluding any GST component) by 16.44%. If Francesca and Ashfield Accounting did not have an agreement to use her CIR, the rate of withholding would be 20%. Example: Francesca is a marketing consultant who receives income from many sources. She has a voluntary agreement to withhold with Ashfield Accounting (her largest payer) and they have agreed to use her CIR of 16.44%. Ashfield Accounting calculates the amount to be withheld by multiplying the amount of each payment (excluding any GST component) by 16.44%. If Francesca and Ashfield Accounting did not have an agreement to use her CIR, the rate of withholding would be 20%. Rounding of withholding amounts Withholding amounts calculated by applying this schedule are rounded to the nearest dollar. Results ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by paragraph 12-85(b) of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if you pay an individual an amount that is either: • an employment termination payment (ETP) • a delayed termination payment – that is, a payment that would be an ETP but was paid more than 12 months after the relevant termination of employment. • an employment termination payment (ETP) • a delayed termination payment – that is, a payment that would be an ETP but was paid more than 12 months after the relevant termination of employment. If you employ individuals under a working holiday makers visa, you must use Schedule 15 – Tax table for working holiday makers for all payments made to them, including employment termination payments. Employment termination payments An ETP is a lump sum payment you make: • to an employee when their employment is terminated (referred to as a 'Life benefit' ETP) • to an employee's estate because their employment has been terminated due to death (referred to as a 'Death benefit' ETP). • to an employee when their employment is terminated (referred to as a 'Life benefit' ETP) • to an employee's estate because their employment has been terminated due to death (referred to as a 'Death benefit' ETP). ETPs include lump sum payments paid upon resignation, retirement or death. A payment from a super fund is not an ETP. A payment must generally be made within 12 months of termination to qualify as an ETP. A payment made outside of 12 months is a delayed termination payment, unless we have given approval for the payment to be treated as an ETP. Tax treatment of ETPs ETPs can have two different components: • a tax-free component • a taxable component. • a tax-free component • a taxable component. You only withhold tax from the taxable component. Depending on the type of ETP, the concessional tax treatment may be limited to the smaller of: • the ETP cap • the whole-of-income cap. • the ETP cap • the whole-of-income cap. The top rate of tax applies to amounts paid in excess of these caps. The ETP cap amount for the 2026–27 income year is $270,000. This amount is indexed annually. The whole-of-income cap amount for the 2026–27 income year is $180,000. This amount is not indexed. This cap is reduced by any other taxable income payments your employee receives in the income year – for example, salary or wages you have paid to your employee. In some cases, you may need to include an ETP in the taxable payments when working out the whole-of-income cap. The ETP payment summary has an ETP code that you use to describe the type of ETP, and which cap has been applied to it. ETP caps The following table lists the types of ETPs that are subject to withholding and the applicable cap for each type of payment. For payments in column 2, both caps are considered, and the smaller cap applies. Withholding will be required to be made at the top rate of tax on the amount over the smaller of the two caps. Applicable caps for ETPs subject to withholding Column 1 ETP cap only applies to: Column 2 Smaller of the ETP cap or whole-of-income cap applies to: a payment made under an early retirement scheme that exceeds the tax-free limit (see Note 1) – only the amount in excess of the limit is an ETP a 'golden handshake' whether paid under: • contract • industrial award obligation • recognition of prior service a genuine redundancy payment that exceeds the tax-free base limit and for each complete year of service limit (see Note 1) – only the amount in excess of the limit is an ETP a non-genuine redundancy payment a payment made because of the employee's permanent disability severance pay compensation payment for personal injury a gratuity compensation for unfair dismissal a payment in lieu of notice compensation for harassment a payment for unused sick leave compensation for discrimination a payment for unused rostered days off lump sum payments paid on the death of an employee. an ETP not covered in column 1. • contract • industrial award obligation • recognition of prior service Note 1: The tax-free base limit for the 2026–27 income year is $13,598 plus $6,801 for each completed year of service. Steps to work out smallest cap Follow these steps to work out the smaller of the ETP cap and whole-of-income cap: 1. Add up all taxable payments you made to your employee (excluding the ETP). 2. Subtract the step 1 result amount from $180,000. 3. The result from step 2 is the calculated whole-of-income cap. 4. Compare the calculated whole-of-income cap from step 3 and the ETP cap amount of $270,000 for 2026–27 (or the balance of ETP cap if a payment component has already applied to the ETP cap where there have been multiple payments for the same termination). 5. If both caps are equal, use the whole-of-income cap. The smaller of the two caps at step 4 is the cap to apply to the ETP taxable component. 1. Add up all taxable payments you made to your employee (excluding the ETP). 2. Subtract the step 1 result amount from $180,000. 3. The result from step 2 is the calculated whole-of-income cap. 4. Compare the calculated whole-of-income cap from step 3 and the ETP cap amount of $270,000 for 2026–27 (or the balance of ETP cap if a payment component has already applied to the ETP cap where there have been multiple payments for the same termination). 5. If both caps are equal, use the whole-of-income cap. The smaller of the two caps at step 4 is the cap to apply to the ETP taxable component. Multiple payments for same termination For various reasons, ETPs may be made in more than one instalment. Payments made after the initial payment subject to the ETP cap, will attract a lower ETP cap. This is because the cap amount is reduced by the amount of all previous payments for the same termination. Lump sum payments that are not ETPs may also be subject to PAYG withholding. Use the applicable tax table to work out the amount to be withheld from these payments. Death benefit ETPs A death benefit termination payment is received by a person after another person's death, in consequence of termination of the other person's employment. The amount to withhold depends on a number of factors including whether the payment is made: • directly to a dependant of the deceased • directly to a non-dependant of the deceased • to the trustee of the deceased estate. • directly to a dependant of the deceased • directly to a non-dependant of the deceased • to the trustee of the deceased estate. Use Table A in this schedule to work out how much to withhold. Working out the withholding amount An ETP can be made up of a tax-free component and taxable component. You must withhold an amount from the taxable component, including death benefit ETPs. Do not withhold from the tax-free component of the ETP. If your employee who is receiving an ETP has given you their tax file number (TFN) on a Tax file number declaration, use Table A in this schedule to work out how much to withhold. A Tax file number declaration remains effective for 12 months after you make the last payment to them. Withholding amounts calculated by applying Table A are rounded to the nearest dollar. Results ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. If the payment is to be made to a foreign resident, you will need to check if there is a tax treaty with their country of residence. The full list of our tax treaties is maintained by Treasury and can be found at 'Australian Tax Treaties' in your internet search engine. If the ETP is assessable only in the other country because of the treaty, then no withholding is required. If a foreign resident's ETP is assessable in Australia, you are required to withhold from the payment. Adjust the rates set out in Table A to exclude the Medicare levy of 2%. When a TFN has not been provided You must withhold 47% from the taxable component of an ETP you make to a resident employee and 45% from a foreign resident employee (ignoring any cents) who has not given you their TFN. Examples Example 1: ETP cap Lloyd is an employee of BigBiz Pty Ltd and is 41 years old. His preservation age is 60. He is made redundant from his position at BigBiz and receives an ETP of $45,000. This is the taxable amount remaining after Lloyd received a genuine redundancy payment. (The amount that exceeds the tax-free base limit and for each complete year of service limit is an ETP.) The ETP has no tax-free component. BigBiz is required to withhold from the ETP. Lloyd has previously provided his TFN to BigBiz and claimed the tax-free threshold. BigBiz classifies the payment as a genuine redundancy and, using Table A, works out that only the ETP cap applies. As Lloyd is under preservation age and his entire ETP fits within the ETP cap amount, BigBiz withholds $14,400 from Lloyd's ETP. This is 32% of Lloyd's taxable component of $45,000. Example 2: Whole-of-income cap – payment less than cap Jane is an employee of SmallBiz Pty Ltd and is 50 years old. Jane's preservation age is 60. Jane resigns from SmallBiz to start a new business. Up until Jane's date of resignation, SmallBiz paid Jane salary and wages totalling $84,000. Under her employment contract, Jane will receive a 'golden handshake' of $10,000 from SmallBiz. This payment is an ETP and has a taxable component of $10,000. SmallBiz is required to withhold an amount under the PAYG withholding system. Jane had previously provided her TFN to SmallBiz. SmallBiz must withhold an amount from the taxable component of $10,000. SmallBiz classifies the payment as a 'golden handshake'. Using Table A and the following steps, SmallBiz works out which cap to apply and the withholding rate: Step SmallBiz action Result 1 Adds up all taxable payments (excluding the ETP) paid to Jane. $84,000 2 Subtracts the step 1 amount from $180,000. This is the calculated whole-of-income cap. $96,000 3 Determines the smallest cap by comparing the result from step 2 against the ETP cap amount of $270,000. Whole-of-income cap is smallest 4 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts up to the calculated whole-of-income cap of $96,000, remembering Jane is under preservation age. 32% 5 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts above the whole-of-income cap of $96,000. As the whole $10,000 ETP is under cap, no further calculation is required. Nil SmallBiz withholds $3,200 from Jane's ETP of $10,000. This is 32% of Jane's taxable component of $10,000. Example 3: Whole-of-income cap – payment greater than cap Chris is younger than his preservation age. He has his employment terminated by MediumBiz in January. His employment termination does not meet the criteria of a genuine redundancy. MediumBiz paid Chris $50,000 in leave entitlements as a lump sum and $50,000 in salary and wages before his termination. In addition to this income, Chris is also paid an ETP with a taxable component of $120,000. As the ETP is not a genuine redundancy, MediumBiz classifies the payment as a 'golden handshake'. Using Table A and the following steps, MediumBiz works out which cap to apply and the withholding rate: Step SmallBiz action Result 1 Adds up all taxable payments (excluding the ETP) paid to Chris. $100,000 2 Subtracts the step 1 amount from $180,000. This is the calculated whole-of-income cap. $80,000 3 Determines the smallest cap by comparing the result from step 2 against ETP cap amount of $270,000. Whole-of-income cap is smallest 4 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts up to the calculated whole-of-income cap of $80,000, remembering Chris is under preservation age. 32% 5 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts over the calculated whole-of-income cap of $80,000. An ETP of $120,000 less the cap amount $80,000 gives $40,000 over the cap. 47% MediumBiz withholds $44,400 from Chris's ETP of $120,000. This is $25,600 ($80,000 × 32%) plus $18,800 ($40,000 × 47%) of Chris's taxable component of $120,000. Example 4: ETP subject to both ETP cap and whole-of-income cap Alec, 30, is made redundant by MacroBiz after 5 years of service and receives a termination payment of $65,678 that is part genuine redundancy ($48,000) and part gratuity ($17,678). Until his redundancy, Alec had received $140,000 in salary and wages for the income year. In this situation, the part of the payment that is subject to the ETP cap only is always dealt with first. Alec's employer calculates the genuine redundancy amount over the tax-free limit (see Note 2) as $397. This is calculated as follows: $48,000 less $47,603 due to the 5 years of service [$13,598 base limit plus $34,005 (5 × $6,801)]. The amount of $397 is an ETP. Using Table A, his employer works out that only the ETP cap applies. Alec is under preservation age, so MacroBiz withholds $127 (32% of $397). Using Table A and the following steps, MacroBiz then works out which cap to apply and the withholding rate on Alec's $17,678 gratuity part of the ETP. Step SmallBiz action Result 1 Adds up all taxable payments, salary and wages paid to Alec. $140,000 2 Subtracts the step 1 amount from $180,000. This is the calculated whole-of-income cap. $40,000 3 Determines the smallest cap by comparing the result from step 2 against the ETP cap of $269,603 (ETP cap $270,000 for 2026–27 less the $397 ETP). Whole-of-income cap is smallest 4 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts up to the calculated whole-of-income cap of $40,000 remembering Alec is under preservation age. 32% 5 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts over the calculated whole-of-income cap of $40,000. As the $17,678 gratuity is under the cap, no further calculation is required. Nil MacroBiz withholds $127 from the $397 part of the ETP for genuine redundancy and $5,657 from the $17,678 gratuity part of the ETP. MacroBiz must issue Alec with two separate ETP payment summaries covering each part of the payment. Note 2: For more information about calculating the tax-free portion of a genuine redundancy payment, refer to Taxation of termination payments. Example 1: ETP cap Lloyd is an employee of BigBiz Pty Ltd and is 41 years old. His preservation age is 60. He is made redundant from his position at BigBiz and receives an ETP of $45,000. This is the taxable amount remaining after Lloyd received a genuine redundancy payment. (The amount that exceeds the tax-free base limit and for each complete year of service limit is an ETP.) The ETP has no tax-free component. BigBiz is required to withhold from the ETP. Lloyd has previously provided his TFN to BigBiz and claimed the tax-free threshold. BigBiz classifies the payment as a genuine redundancy and, using Table A, works out that only the ETP cap applies. As Lloyd is under preservation age and his entire ETP fits within the ETP cap amount, BigBiz withholds $14,400 from Lloyd's ETP. This is 32% of Lloyd's taxable component of $45,000. Example 2: Whole-of-income cap – payment less than cap Jane is an employee of SmallBiz Pty Ltd and is 50 years old. Jane's preservation age is 60. Jane resigns from SmallBiz to start a new business. Up until Jane's date of resignation, SmallBiz paid Jane salary and wages totalling $84,000. Under her employment contract, Jane will receive a 'golden handshake' of $10,000 from SmallBiz. This payment is an ETP and has a taxable component of $10,000. SmallBiz is required to withhold an amount under the PAYG withholding system. Jane had previously provided her TFN to SmallBiz. SmallBiz must withhold an amount from the taxable component of $10,000. SmallBiz classifies the payment as a 'golden handshake'. Using Table A and the following steps, SmallBiz works out which cap to apply and the withholding rate: Step SmallBiz action Result 1 Adds up all taxable payments (excluding the ETP) paid to Jane. $84,000 2 Subtracts the step 1 amount from $180,000. This is the calculated whole-of-income cap. $96,000 3 Determines the smallest cap by comparing the result from step 2 against the ETP cap amount of $270,000. Whole-of-income cap is smallest 4 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts up to the calculated whole-of-income cap of $96,000, remembering Jane is under preservation age. 32% 5 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts above the whole-of-income cap of $96,000. As the whole $10,000 ETP is under cap, no further calculation is required. Nil SmallBiz withholds $3,200 from Jane's ETP of $10,000. This is 32% of Jane's taxable component of $10,000. SmallBiz withholds $3,200 from Jane's ETP of $10,000. This is 32% of Jane's taxable component of $10,000. Example 3: Whole-of-income cap – payment greater than cap Chris is younger than his preservation age. He has his employment terminated by MediumBiz in January. His employment termination does not meet the criteria of a genuine redundancy. MediumBiz paid Chris $50,000 in leave entitlements as a lump sum and $50,000 in salary and wages before his termination. In addition to this income, Chris is also paid an ETP with a taxable component of $120,000. As the ETP is not a genuine redundancy, MediumBiz classifies the payment as a 'golden handshake'. Using Table A and the following steps, MediumBiz works out which cap to apply and the withholding rate: Step SmallBiz action Result 1 Adds up all taxable payments (excluding the ETP) paid to Chris. $100,000 2 Subtracts the step 1 amount from $180,000. This is the calculated whole-of-income cap. $80,000 3 Determines the smallest cap by comparing the result from step 2 against ETP cap amount of $270,000. Whole-of-income cap is smallest 4 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts up to the calculated whole-of-income cap of $80,000, remembering Chris is under preservation age. 32% 5 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts over the calculated whole-of-income cap of $80,000. An ETP of $120,000 less the cap amount $80,000 gives $40,000 over the cap. 47% MediumBiz withholds $44,400 from Chris's ETP of $120,000. This is $25,600 ($80,000 × 32%) plus $18,800 ($40,000 × 47%) of Chris's taxable component of $120,000. Example 4: ETP subject to both ETP cap and whole-of-income cap Alec, 30, is made redundant by MacroBiz after 5 years of service and receives a termination payment of $65,678 that is part genuine redundancy ($48,000) and part gratuity ($17,678). Until his redundancy, Alec had received $140,000 in salary and wages for the income year. In this situation, the part of the payment that is subject to the ETP cap only is always dealt with first. Alec's employer calculates the genuine redundancy amount over the tax-free limit (see Note 2) as $397. This is calculated as follows: $48,000 less $47,603 due to the 5 years of service [$13,598 base limit plus $34,005 (5 × $6,801)]. The amount of $397 is an ETP. Using Table A, his employer works out that only the ETP cap applies. Alec is under preservation age, so MacroBiz withholds $127 (32% of $397). Using Table A and the following steps, MacroBiz then works out which cap to apply and the withholding rate on Alec's $17,678 gratuity part of the ETP. Step SmallBiz action Result 1 Adds up all taxable payments, salary and wages paid to Alec. $140,000 2 Subtracts the step 1 amount from $180,000. This is the calculated whole-of-income cap. $40,000 3 Determines the smallest cap by comparing the result from step 2 against the ETP cap of $269,603 (ETP cap $270,000 for 2026–27 less the $397 ETP). Whole-of-income cap is smallest 4 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts up to the calculated whole-of-income cap of $40,000 remembering Alec is under preservation age. 32% 5 Uses table A to determine the withholding rate on amounts over the calculated whole-of-income cap of $40,000. As the $17,678 gratuity is under the cap, no further calculation is required. Nil MacroBiz withholds $127 from the $397 part of the ETP for genuine redundancy and $5,657 from the $17,678 gratuity part of the ETP. MacroBiz must issue Alec with two separate ETP payment summaries covering each part of the payment. Note 2: For more information about calculating the tax-free portion of a genuine redundancy payment, refer to Taxation of termination payments. Additional information The ETP cap amount for the 2026-2027 income year is $270,000. The amount is indexed annually. The whole-of-income cap amount for the 2026–27 income year and future years is $180,000. This amount is not indexed. A death benefit dependant for taxation purposes includes: • spouse of the deceased • child of the deceased under 18 years old • a person who had an interdependency relationship with the deceased • a person who was a dependant of the deceased just before the latter died. • spouse of the deceased • child of the deceased under 18 years old • a person who had an interdependency relationship with the deceased • a person who was a dependant of the deceased just before the latter died. A spouse of the deceased includes another person (of any sex) who: • was in a relationship with the deceased as registered under a prescribed state or territory law • lived with the deceased on a genuine domestic basis in a relationship as a couple, although not legally married. • was in a relationship with the deceased as registered under a prescribed state or territory law • lived with the deceased on a genuine domestic basis in a relationship as a couple, although not legally married. A child of the deceased includes: • an adopted child, stepchild or ex-nuptial child • a child of the deceased's spouse • a child of the deceased within the meaning of the Family Law Act 1975 (for example, a child who is considered to be a child of a person under a state or territory court order giving effect to a surrogacy agreement). • an adopted child, stepchild or ex-nuptial child • a child of the deceased's spouse • a child of the deceased within the meaning of the Family Law Act 1975 (for example, a child who is considered to be a child of a person under a state or territory court order giving effect to a surrogacy agreement). An interdependency relationship includes: • a close personal relationship between two people who live together, where one or both provides for the financial and domestic support and personal care of the other • a close personal relationship between two people who live together but do not satisfy one or more of the requirements mentioned in the previous dot point due to either or both of them suffering from a physical, intellectual or psychiatric disability. • a close personal relationship between two people who live together, where one or both provides for the financial and domestic support and personal care of the other • a close personal relationship between two people who live together but do not satisfy one or more of the requirements mentioned in the previous dot point due to either or both of them suffering from a physical, intellectual or psychiatric disability. If an ETP will be paid to the trustee of a deceased estate, no amount should be withheld. Rounding of withholding amounts Withholding amounts calculated by applying this schedule are rounded to the nearest dollar. Results ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. If a TFN is not provided, ignore cents when calculating withholding amounts. Delayed termination payments Generally, a payment must be made within 12 months of termination to qualify as an ETP. A payment made after 12 months is a delayed termination payment unless we have given approval for the payment to be treated as an ETP. If your employee has given you their TFN, withhold an amount equal to 32% from the delayed termination payment. Withholding amounts are rounded to the nearest dollar once calculated. Results ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. If your employee has not given you a TFN, you must withhold 47% from the delayed termination payment you make to a resident employee and 45% from a foreign resident employee. Ignore any cents in the result. A delayed termination payment is not treated as an ETP. It must be reported in either: • 'Gross payments' in Single Touch Payroll (STP), or • PAYG payment s ummary – individual non-business for payers who are exempt or who have a deferral from reporting through STP, as part of 'Gross payments'. • 'Gross payments' in Single Touch Payroll (STP), or • PAYG payment s ummary – individual non-business for payers who are exempt or who have a deferral from reporting through STP, as part of 'Gross payments'. Note: Any amount of a genuine redundancy payment in excess of the tax-free amount will be taxable as an employment termination payment. This is so even where the amount is received more than 12 months after the termination. Preservation age The withholding requirements vary depending on whether the employee has reached their preservation age by the end of the income year in which the payment is made. Preservation age is determined using your employee's date of birth. For example, if your employee was born on 1 October 1964, they reach their preservation age of 60 on 1 October 2024. The table below outlines the transitional period where the preservation age increased progressively from 55 to 60. As the transitional period has been completed, for the 2024–25 and future income years the preservation age is 60 for all employees born after 30 June 1964. For those employees born before that date, they have already reached their preservation age. Preservation age Date of birth Preservation age Before 1/7/1960 55 1/7/1960–30/6/1961 56 1/7/1961–30/6/1962 57 1/7/1962–30/6/1963 58 1/7/1963–30/6/1964 59 After 30/6/1964 60 ETP reporting You must report the ETP in the pay event when using Single Touch Payroll (STP). If you are exempt or have a deferral from reporting STP, you will need to provide your employee with one or more PAYG payment summary – employment termination payment within 14 days of making the ETP. An ETP code is used to describe the type of payment made, the reasons for the ETP payment and whether they relate to a previous income year. The tables below list each ETP code. The ETP code determines which cap, ETP cap or whole-of-income cap is applied. Life benefit ETP Code Description R ETP because of: • early retirement scheme • genuine redundancy • invalidity • compensation for: – personal injury – unfair dismissal – harassment – discrimination. O Other ETP not described by R , for example, golden handshake, gratuity, payment in lieu of notice, payment for unused sick leave, payment for unused rostered days off. Multiple payments for same termination Code Description S This is a code R payment. You made one of the following payments to your employee in a previous income year for the same termination: • a code R payment • a code O payment • a transitional termination payment. P This is a code O payment and you made one of the following payments to your employee in a previous income year for the same termination: • a code R payment • a code O payment • a transitional termination payment. Death benefit ETP Code Description D Death benefit ETP paid to a dependant of the deceased. B Death benefit ETP paid to a non-dependant of the deceased. You made a termination payment to the non-dependant in a previous income year for the same termination. N Death benefit ETP paid to a non-dependant of the deceased. T Death benefit ETP paid to a trustee of the deceased estate. • early retirement scheme • genuine redundancy • invalidity • compensation for: – personal injury – unfair dismissal – harassment – discrimination. – personal injury – unfair dismissal – harassment – discrimination. • a code R payment • a code O payment • a transitional termination payment. • a code R payment • a code O payment • a transitional termination payment. This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by paragraph 12-85(a) of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if you make a super lump sum payment to an individual. This schedule also provides information on the withholding requirements when an untaxed element of super interest is rolled over. Super lump sums A super lump sum payment includes a: • lump sum member benefit paid to an individual where a condition of release has been satisfied – for example, retirement, terminal medical condition, severe financial hardship, or compassionate grounds • lump sum death benefit paid to an individual following the death of the member or account holder • commutation of a super income stream (part or all of a super income stream is exchanged for a lump sum). • lump sum member benefit paid to an individual where a condition of release has been satisfied – for example, retirement, terminal medical condition, severe financial hardship, or compassionate grounds • lump sum death benefit paid to an individual following the death of the member or account holder • commutation of a super income stream (part or all of a super income stream is exchanged for a lump sum). A super lump sum may be paid from a super fund, approved deposit fund (ADF) or a retirement savings account (RSA). Components of a super lump sum Before you can work out the withholding amount, you must calculate the components of the super lump sum. A super lump sum may have the following two components: • tax-free component • taxable component which can include an: – element taxed in the fund (taxed element) – element untaxed in the fund (untaxed element). • tax-free component • taxable component which can include an: – element taxed in the fund (taxed element) – element untaxed in the fund (untaxed element). – element taxed in the fund (taxed element) – element untaxed in the fund (untaxed element). Withholding is calculated on the taxable component only. Do not withhold from the tax-free component. Working out the withholding amount If your payee: • is an Australian resident • receives a taxable component of a super lump sum, and • has provided you with their TFN, withholding is calculated by applying the applicable rate set out in Table A. • is an Australian resident • receives a taxable component of a super lump sum, and • has provided you with their TFN, withholding is calculated by applying the applicable rate set out in Table A. If the payment is to be made to a foreign resident, you will need to check if there is a tax treaty with their country of residence. The full list of our tax treaties is maintained by Treasury and can be found in the Australian Tax Treaties table. If, because of the treaty, the super lump sum is assessable only in the other country, then no withholding is required. If a foreign resident's super lump sum is assessable in Australia, you are required to withhold from the payment. However, you must adjust the withholding rates set out in Table A to exclude the Medicare levy of 2%. Different withholding rates apply to temporary residents who request a departing Australia superannuation payment. Payments not subject to PAYG withholding The following super lump sums are not subject to PAYG withholding: • a payment to a person who is suffering from a terminal medical condition • a payment to a dependant after the death of the member or account holder • a payment to a trustee of a deceased estate after the death of the member. • a payment to a person who is suffering from a terminal medical condition • a payment to a dependant after the death of the member or account holder • a payment to a trustee of a deceased estate after the death of the member. When a TFN has not been provided Different withholding rates apply where the payee of the super lump sum has not provided you with their TFN before the payment is made. Paid to an Australian resident • Under 60 years of age: – Taxable component (taxed element and untaxed element) o withhold 47% (ignoring cents) • 60 years of age or over: – Taxable component o taxed element – no amount is required to be withheld o untaxed element – withhold 47% (ignoring any cents). • Under 60 years of age: – Taxable component (taxed element and untaxed element) o withhold 47% (ignoring cents) • 60 years of age or over: – Taxable component o taxed element – no amount is required to be withheld o untaxed element – withhold 47% (ignoring any cents). – Taxable component (taxed element and untaxed element) o withhold 47% (ignoring cents) o withhold 47% (ignoring cents) – Taxable component o taxed element – no amount is required to be withheld o untaxed element – withhold 47% (ignoring any cents). o taxed element – no amount is required to be withheld o untaxed element – withhold 47% (ignoring any cents). Paid to a foreign resident Check if there is a tax treaty with the payee's country of residence. If the super lump sum is assessable in the other country, no withholding is required. If the super lump sum is assessable in Australia, use the following withholding rates: • Under 60 years of age: – Taxable component (taxed element and untaxed element) o withhold 45% (ignoring cents) • 60 years of age or over: – Taxable component o taxed element – no amount is required to be withheld o untaxed element – withhold 45% (ignoring any cents). Do not: • allow for any tax offsets or Medicare levy adjustments. • withhold any amount for study and training support loans. • Under 60 years of age: – Taxable component (taxed element and untaxed element) o withhold 45% (ignoring cents) • 60 years of age or over: – Taxable component o taxed element – no amount is required to be withheld o untaxed element – withhold 45% (ignoring any cents). – Taxable component (taxed element and untaxed element) o withhold 45% (ignoring cents) o withhold 45% (ignoring cents) – Taxable component o taxed element – no amount is required to be withheld o untaxed element – withhold 45% (ignoring any cents). o taxed element – no amount is required to be withheld o untaxed element – withhold 45% (ignoring any cents). Do not: • allow for any tax offsets or Medicare levy adjustments. • withhold any amount for study and training support loans. Rollovers If the person entitled to receive the super lump sum asks you to roll over their benefit, you are generally not required to withhold from any of the rolled-over amount. However, if the rollover benefit consists of a taxable component – untaxed element that exceeds the untaxed plan cap you are required to withhold at the following rates: • amount of the untaxed element up to the untaxed plan cap – no amount required to be withheld • amount of the untaxed element above the untaxed plan cap – withhold 47%. • amount of the untaxed element up to the untaxed plan cap – no amount required to be withheld • amount of the untaxed element above the untaxed plan cap – withhold 47%. A super lump sum death benefit cannot be rolled over – whether paid to dependants or non-dependants. Example: Rollover contains an untaxed element Tom asks his fund to roll over his super interest of $1.967 million which consists wholly of a taxable component − untaxed element. The untaxed plan cap amount for 2026–27 is $1.935 million. These are the amounts required to be withheld: • up to the untaxed plan cap = $1,935,000 (no withholding required) • above the untaxed plan cap = $32,000 ($1,967,000 − $1,935,000) • from $32,000 = $15,040 ($32,000 × 47%). The net rollover of $1,951,960 ($1,967,000−$15,040) is required to be reported to the receiving fund within 3 days to meet the SuperStream data and payments standard. The fund is also required to provide a statement to the member within 30 days of the rollover. Example: Rollover contains an untaxed element Tom asks his fund to roll over his super interest of $1.967 million which consists wholly of a taxable component − untaxed element. The untaxed plan cap amount for 2026–27 is $1.935 million. These are the amounts required to be withheld: • up to the untaxed plan cap = $1,935,000 (no withholding required) • above the untaxed plan cap = $32,000 ($1,967,000 − $1,935,000) • from $32,000 = $15,040 ($32,000 × 47%). The net rollover of $1,951,960 ($1,967,000−$15,040) is required to be reported to the receiving fund within 3 days to meet the SuperStream data and payments standard. The fund is also required to provide a statement to the member within 30 days of the rollover. • up to the untaxed plan cap = $1,935,000 (no withholding required) • above the untaxed plan cap = $32,000 ($1,967,000 − $1,935,000) • from $32,000 = $15,040 ($32,000 × 47%). Rounding of withholding amounts Withholding amounts calculated by applying this schedule are rounded to the nearest dollar. Results ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. If a TFN is not provided, ignore cents when calculating withholding amounts. Additional information Untaxed plan cap: For the 2026–27 income year, the untaxed plan cap is $1,935,000 and is indexed annually. Lump sum less than $200: There is no withholding required from the whole amount if it is paid by a regulated super fund, complying ADF or RSA provider as a super lump sum and it is the payee's entire benefit. A terminal medical condition exists if: • two registered medical practitioners have certified, jointly or separately, that the member suffers from an illness, or has incurred an injury, that is likely to result in the member's death within 24 months of the date of certification • at least one of the registered medical practitioners is a specialist practicing in an area related to the member's illness or injury • the certification period has not ended for each of the certificates. • two registered medical practitioners have certified, jointly or separately, that the member suffers from an illness, or has incurred an injury, that is likely to result in the member's death within 24 months of the date of certification • at least one of the registered medical practitioners is a specialist practicing in an area related to the member's illness or injury • the certification period has not ended for each of the certificates. The certification period is 24 months from the date of certification. A death benefit dependant for taxation purposes includes: • spouse of the deceased • child of the deceased under 18 years old • a person who had an interdependency relationship with the deceased • a person who was a dependant of the deceased just before the latter died • any individual who is paid a lump sum death benefit if the deceased died in the line of duty as a member of the defence force, a member of the Australian Federal Police or the police force of a state or territory, or a protective service officer (as defined in the Australian Federal Police Act 1979). • spouse of the deceased • child of the deceased under 18 years old • a person who had an interdependency relationship with the deceased • a person who was a dependant of the deceased just before the latter died • any individual who is paid a lump sum death benefit if the deceased died in the line of duty as a member of the defence force, a member of the Australian Federal Police or the police force of a state or territory, or a protective service officer (as defined in the Australian Federal Police Act 1979). A spouse of the deceased includes another person who: • was in a relationship with the deceased that was registered under a law of a prescribed state or territory • lived with the deceased on a genuine domestic basis in a relationship as a couple, although not legally married. • was in a relationship with the deceased that was registered under a law of a prescribed state or territory • lived with the deceased on a genuine domestic basis in a relationship as a couple, although not legally married. A child of the deceased includes: • an adopted child, stepchild or ex-nuptial child • a child of the deceased's spouse • a child of the deceased within the meaning in the Family Law Act 1975 (for example, somebody who is considered to be a child of a person under a state or territory court order giving effect to a surrogacy agreement). • an adopted child, stepchild or ex-nuptial child • a child of the deceased's spouse • a child of the deceased within the meaning in the Family Law Act 1975 (for example, somebody who is considered to be a child of a person under a state or territory court order giving effect to a surrogacy agreement). An interdependency relationship includes: • a close personal relationship between two people who live together, where one or both provides for the financial and domestic support and personal care of the other • a close personal relationship between two people who live together but do not satisfy one or more of the requirements mentioned in the previous dot point due to either or both of them suffering from a physical, intellectual or psychiatric disability. Example: Super lump sum made by a super provider from an untaxed element. Chloe is 62 years of age and a member of AAFund super fund. She has decided to retire and take some of her super as a lump sum. As Chloe is over 60 years of age, she is over the preservation age. According to her entitlements, Chloe will receive a super lump sum of $300,000 from AAFund. The super lump sum has a tax-free component of $30,000 and a taxable component of $270,000. Chloe is a resident for tax purposes and has previously provided her TFN to AAFund. AAFund does not withhold from the tax-free component of $30,000 but is required to withhold an amount from the taxable component of $270,000. The taxable component of the super lump sum paid by AAFund comprises of a taxed element of $190,000 and untaxed element of $80,000. Amount to withhold from super lump sum payment of $300,000 is calculated as follows: 1. Amount up to untaxed plan cap = $1,935,000 (2026–27 income year cap amount) 2. Super lump sum taxable component = $270,000 ($300,000 − tax free component of $30,000) 3. Untaxed element of taxable component = $80,000 ($270,000 – taxed element of $190,000) 4. As untaxed element of taxable component of $80,000 is within the untaxed plan cap of $1,935,000, the withholding rate is 17% for members 60 years and above as outlined in Table A. 5. Amount to withhold from untaxed element of taxable component = $13,600 (17% of $80,000) Note: The untaxed plan cap is indexed annually. • a close personal relationship between two people who live together, where one or both provides for the financial and domestic support and personal care of the other • a close personal relationship between two people who live together but do not satisfy one or more of the requirements mentioned in the previous dot point due to either or both of them suffering from a physical, intellectual or psychiatric disability. Example: Super lump sum made by a super provider from an untaxed element. Chloe is 62 years of age and a member of AAFund super fund. She has decided to retire and take some of her super as a lump sum. As Chloe is over 60 years of age, she is over the preservation age. According to her entitlements, Chloe will receive a super lump sum of $300,000 from AAFund. The super lump sum has a tax-free component of $30,000 and a taxable component of $270,000. Chloe is a resident for tax purposes and has previously provided her TFN to AAFund. AAFund does not withhold from the tax-free component of $30,000 but is required to withhold an amount from the taxable component of $270,000. The taxable component of the super lump sum paid by AAFund comprises of a taxed element of $190,000 and untaxed element of $80,000. Amount to withhold from super lump sum payment of $300,000 is calculated as follows: 1. Amount up to untaxed plan cap = $1,935,000 (2026–27 income year cap amount) 2. Super lump sum taxable component = $270,000 ($300,000 − tax free component of $30,000) 3. Untaxed element of taxable component = $80,000 ($270,000 – taxed element of $190,000) 4. As untaxed element of taxable component of $80,000 is within the untaxed plan cap of $1,935,000, the withholding rate is 17% for members 60 years and above as outlined in Table A. 5. Amount to withhold from untaxed element of taxable component = $13,600 (17% of $80,000) Note: The untaxed plan cap is indexed annually. 1. Amount up to untaxed plan cap = $1,935,000 (2026–27 income year cap amount) 2. Super lump sum taxable component = $270,000 ($300,000 − tax free component of $30,000) 3. Untaxed element of taxable component = $80,000 ($270,000 – taxed element of $190,000) 4. As untaxed element of taxable component of $80,000 is within the untaxed plan cap of $1,935,000, the withholding rate is 17% for members 60 years and above as outlined in Table A. 5. Amount to withhold from untaxed element of taxable component = $13,600 (17% of $80,000) Preservation age The withholding amount varies depending on whether the payee has reached their preservation age when the payment is made. Preservation age is determined using your payee's date of birth. For example, if a member was born on 1 October 1964, they reach their preservation age of 60 on 1 October 2024. The table below outlines the transitional period where the preservation age increased progressively from 55 to 60. As the transitional period has been completed, for the 2024–25 and future income years the preservation age is 60 for all payees born after 30 June 1964. For those payees born before that date, they have already reached their preservation age. Preservation age Date of birth Preservation age Before 1/7/1960 55 1/7/1960–30/6/1961 56 1/7/1961–30/6/1962 57 1/7/1962–30/6/1963 58 1/7/1963–30/6/1964 59 After 30/6/1964 60 Payment summaries You must provide a PAYG payment summary – superannuation lump sum to the recipient of the super lump sum within 14 days of payment. Payment summaries can also be printed using software that conforms to ATO reporting specifications. This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by paragraph 12-80(a) of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. About this schedule Using this schedule Use this schedule if you make the following super income stream payments, including: • account-based super income streams – including death benefit income streams • capped defined benefit income streams – including death benefit income streams • transition to retirement income streams • temporary or permanent disability super income streams. • account-based super income streams – including death benefit income streams • capped defined benefit income streams – including death benefit income streams • transition to retirement income streams • temporary or permanent disability super income streams. Super income streams A super income stream is a series of regular payments from a superannuation provider when the payee has satisfied a condition of release. These regular payments can be paid weekly, fortnightly, monthly, quarterly or annually. A super income stream may be: • an account-based super income stream • a capped defined benefit income stream which includes a: – lifetime pension, regardless of when it started – lifetime annuity that existed prior to 1 July 2017 – life expectancy pension or annuity that existed prior to 1 July 2017 – market-linked pension or annuity that existed prior to 1 July 2017 – reversionary death benefit income stream. • an account-based super income stream • a capped defined benefit income stream which includes a: – lifetime pension, regardless of when it started – lifetime annuity that existed prior to 1 July 2017 – life expectancy pension or annuity that existed prior to 1 July 2017 – market-linked pension or annuity that existed prior to 1 July 2017 – reversionary death benefit income stream. – lifetime pension, regardless of when it started – lifetime annuity that existed prior to 1 July 2017 – life expectancy pension or annuity that existed prior to 1 July 2017 – market-linked pension or annuity that existed prior to 1 July 2017 – reversionary death benefit income stream. Note: A commutation of an income stream is not a super income stream payment. It is a super lump sum. Refer to Schedule 12 – Tax table for superannuation lump sums. Defined benefit income cap The general defined benefit income cap for the 2026–27 financial year is $131,250. The defined benefit income cap may be reduced depending on the payee's circumstances. Components of a super income stream Before you can work out the withholding amount, you must calculate the components of the super income stream. A super income stream may have two components: • taxable component, which can include either or both of an: – element taxed in the fund (taxed element) – element untaxed in the fund (untaxed element) • tax-free component. • taxable component, which can include either or both of an: – element taxed in the fund (taxed element) – element untaxed in the fund (untaxed element) • tax-free component. – element taxed in the fund (taxed element) – element untaxed in the fund (untaxed element) Tax file number (TFN) declarations Receiving and applying TFN declarations The answers your payees provide on their Tax file number declaration help determine the amount you need to withhold from their payments. A Tax file number declaration applies to any payments made after you receive the declaration. If you receive an updated declaration from a payee, it will override the previous one. • If a payee does not give you a valid Tax file number declaration within 14 days of starting a payer-payee relationship, you must tell us by completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the payee and sending it to us. • If a payee does not give you a valid Tax file number declaration within 14 days of starting a payer-payee relationship, you must tell us by completing a Tax file number declaration form with all available details of the payee and sending it to us. When a TFN has not been provided You must withhold 47% for resident payees and 45% for foreign resident payees (ignoring any cents), if a super income stream payment is made to your payee and they: • have not quoted their TFN • have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • have not advised you they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. • have not quoted their TFN • have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • have not advised you they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. If a payee states at question 1 of the Tax file number declaration that they have lodged a Tax file number application or enquiry for individuals with us, they have 28 days to provide you with their TFN. If the payee has not given you their TFN within 28 days, you must withhold 47% from any payment you make to a resident payee and 45% from a foreign resident payee from the relevant element(s) of the taxable component of the super income stream payment (ignoring any cents) unless we tell you not to. Do not allow for any tax offsets, or Medicare levy adjustments. Do not withhold any amount for study and training support loans. When not to apply the no-TFN withholding rate Do not apply the no-TFN withholding rate to: • the tax-free component, or taxed element of a capped defined benefit income stream, where the payee is 60 years of age or over and the total of these amounts is below their defined benefit income cap • the taxed element of an account-based super income stream where the payee is 60 years of age or over. • the tax-free component, or taxed element of a capped defined benefit income stream, where the payee is 60 years of age or over and the total of these amounts is below their defined benefit income cap • the taxed element of an account-based super income stream where the payee is 60 years of age or over. In these circumstances no withholding is required. Example: Heather is 85 and is in receipt of a capped defined benefit income stream from a fully funded defined benefit fund for the full year. Heather's super fund does not have her TFN. As Heather is receiving an income stream from a fully funded defined benefit fund with an annual entitlement of $80,000, her super fund does not apply the no-TFN withholding rate. Example: Heather is 85 and is in receipt of a capped defined benefit income stream from a fully funded defined benefit fund for the full year. Heather's super fund does not have her TFN. As Heather is receiving an income stream from a fully funded defined benefit fund with an annual entitlement of $80,000, her super fund does not apply the no-TFN withholding rate. Working out the withholding amount Factors to consider Factors to consider when working out the withholding amount include: • whether the payee is an Australian resident or foreign resident for tax purposes • the age of the payee • the frequency of the super income stream payments – for example, weekly, fortnightly or monthly • whether the payee is claiming the tax-free threshold • whether the payee is claiming the seniors and pensioners tax offset • whether the payee is receiving a disability super income stream • whether the super income stream includes an untaxed element (generally payments from state and Commonwealth public sector super schemes) • the type of super income stream • whether the total of the taxed elements and tax-free component is greater or less than the defined benefit income cap (the cap) • whether the defined benefit income cap should be reduced • whether the income stream is a super death benefit income stream. • whether the payee is an Australian resident or foreign resident for tax purposes • the age of the payee • the frequency of the super income stream payments – for example, weekly, fortnightly or monthly • whether the payee is claiming the tax-free threshold • whether the payee is claiming the seniors and pensioners tax offset • whether the payee is receiving a disability super income stream • whether the super income stream includes an untaxed element (generally payments from state and Commonwealth public sector super schemes) • the type of super income stream • whether the total of the taxed elements and tax-free component is greater or less than the defined benefit income cap (the cap) • whether the defined benefit income cap should be reduced • whether the income stream is a super death benefit income stream. Payments to Australian residents This schedule is divided into five parts. The part you use to calculate the amount required to be withheld depends on the type of super income stream you pay and the age of the recipient. These are outlined below: • account-based super income stream – use part A of this schedule • capped defined benefit income stream and: – payee is under 60 years of age at any time during the financial year, including: o disability super income streams o death benefit (including reversionary) income streams where the deceased was aged less than 60 – use part A (note: where the payee turns 60 during the year you will need to complete part E for post 60 income stream payments) – payee turns 60 years of age during the financial year or starts their super income stream part way through the year at age 60 or older – use part E for post 60 income stream payments – payee is 60 years of age or over for the full financial year: o a taxable component – taxed element and or a tax-free component – use part B o a taxable component – untaxed element only – use part C o a mixture of the above components – use part D – payee is under 60 years of age, and is in receipt of a reversionary death benefit income stream and the deceased was 60 years of age or older at the time of death – use part E. • account-based super income stream – use part A of this schedule • capped defined benefit income stream and: – payee is under 60 years of age at any time during the financial year, including: o disability super income streams o death benefit (including reversionary) income streams where the deceased was aged less than 60 – use part A (note: where the payee turns 60 during the year you will need to complete part E for post 60 income stream payments) – payee turns 60 years of age during the financial year or starts their super income stream part way through the year at age 60 or older – use part E for post 60 income stream payments – payee is 60 years of age or over for the full financial year: o a taxable component – taxed element and or a tax-free component – use part B o a taxable component – untaxed element only – use part C o a mixture of the above components – use part D – payee is under 60 years of age, and is in receipt of a reversionary death benefit income stream and the deceased was 60 years of age or older at the time of death – use part E. – payee is under 60 years of age at any time during the financial year, including: o disability super income streams o death benefit (including reversionary) income streams where the deceased was aged less than 60 – use part A (note: where the payee turns 60 during the year you will need to complete part E for post 60 income stream payments) – payee turns 60 years of age during the financial year or starts their super income stream part way through the year at age 60 or older – use part E for post 60 income stream payments – payee is 60 years of age or over for the full financial year: o a taxable component – taxed element and or a tax-free component – use part B o a taxable component – untaxed element only – use part C o a mixture of the above components – use part D – payee is under 60 years of age, and is in receipt of a reversionary death benefit income stream and the deceased was 60 years of age or older at the time of death – use part E. o disability super income streams o death benefit (including reversionary) income streams where the deceased was aged less than 60 – use part A (note: where the payee turns 60 during the year you will need to complete part E for post 60 income stream payments) o a taxable component – taxed element and or a tax-free component – use part B o a taxable component – untaxed element only – use part C o a mixture of the above components – use part D Payments to foreign residents If a super income stream is to be paid to a foreign resident, you will need to check if there is a tax treaty with their country of residence. If the super income stream is assessable in the other country because of the treaty, no withholding is required in Australia. If a foreign resident's super income stream is assessable in Australia, you are required to withhold from the payment. Rounding of withholding amounts Ignore any cents in an income stream before using any of the steps in this schedule to calculate withholding. Withholding amounts calculated using the steps are rounded to the nearest dollar. Results ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. Do this rounding directly – that is, do not make a preliminary rounding to the nearest cent. Where no TFN has been provided, cents are ignored when withholding amounts are calculated. Part A Use this part where the payee is: • below 60 years of age and is receiving a super income stream including a death benefit income stream • 60 years of age or over and is receiving a super income stream that is not a capped defined benefit income stream with an untaxed element. • below 60 years of age and is receiving a super income stream including a death benefit income stream • 60 years of age or over and is receiving a super income stream that is not a capped defined benefit income stream with an untaxed element. Note: If the payee turns 60 during the financial year and is in receipt of a capped defined benefit income stream, then you will also need to complete part E for post-60 income stream payments. Taxable component contains taxed and untaxed elements Withholding steps Step 1: Use the following table to work out which elements of the taxable component withholding applies to. Note: Do not withhold where the payee is receiving an account-based super income stream with a taxed element and tax-free component and is aged 60 years or older. Step 2: Use the appropriate PAYG withholding tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to calculate the withholding amount relevant to the amount worked out in step 1. The tax table you use depends on the super income stream payment cycle – that is, weekly, fortnightly or monthly. Note: Some payees aged 60 years or over may be eligible to claim the seniors and pensioners tax offset (SAPTO). If the payee gives you a Withholding declaration indicating they want to claim a SAPTO entitlement through PAYG withholding, use Schedule 9 – Tax table for seniors and pensioners to work out the amount to withhold from the amount calculated in step 1. Step 3: Some payees may be eligible for a tax offset. Use the following table to work out the tax offset amount for the payee. Super income stream – taxable component Age of payee Tax offset Below preservation age Nil 60 years or over Untaxed element × 10% Super death benefits paid to a dependant Age of deceased Age of recipient Tax offset Below 60 years Below 60 years Taxed element × 15% Below 60 years 60 years or over Untaxed element × 10% 60 years or over Any age Untaxed element × 10% Disability super income stream – taxable component Age of payee Tax offset Below preservation age Taxed element × 15% Untaxed element = Nil 60 years or over Untaxed element × 10% Untaxed element = Nil Step 4: For some payees, the application of the offset from step 3 leads to under withholding for their Medicare levy. An offset adjustment is required where the tax offset calculated in step 3 is greater than zero. Use the applicable formulas below to calculate the offset adjustment amount. You will need to calculate the weekly equivalent of the taxable component or untaxed element if making fortnightly, monthly or quarterly payments. If an offset adjustment is not required, set the offset adjustment to zero. Medicare levy parameters are contained in Schedule 1 – Statement of formulas for calculating amounts to be withheld. Step 5: Calculate the notional amount to withhold by first subtracting the tax offset per payment (step 3) from the withholding amount (step 2). Notional amount to withhold = withholding amount − tax offset Then compare the notional amount to withhold with the offset adjustment amount calculated at step 4. If the notional amount to withhold is: • less than the amount calculated at step 4, withhold the amount calculated at step 4 • more than the amount calculated at step 4, withhold the notional amount to be withheld. • less than the amount calculated at step 4, withhold the amount calculated at step 4 • more than the amount calculated at step 4, withhold the notional amount to be withheld. Tax-free component If the super income stream is being paid to a payee under 60 years of age, you do not need to consider their tax-free component when calculating their withholding. Example: Case A – Payee is under 60 years of age This example uses the PAYG withholding tax tables that apply from 1 July 2026. Veronica, 58, receives a fortnightly disability super income stream of $1,400 comprising: • a tax-free component of $300 • a taxable component − taxed element of $1,100. Veronica's preservation age is 60. Step 1: Veronica is 58 years of age therefore withholding applies to the taxable component. Step 2: As Veronica is paid fortnightly, use the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to work out the withholding required from the $1,100 taxed element. This amount is $60, if Veronica is claiming the tax-free threshold. Step 3: Since Veronica is below her preservation age and is receiving a disability super income stream, she is entitled to a tax offset. Tax offset = taxed element × 15% = $1,100 × 15% = $165 Step 4: Calculate Veronica's fortnightly offset adjustment amount. As Veronica's fortnightly payment is more than $1,076 (the Medicare levy threshold for singles, on a fortnightly basis) but less than $1,346 (the Medicare levy SOP for singles, on a fortnightly basis), her offset adjustment amount is calculated as: Offset adjustment amount = (Taxable component − Medicare levy threshold for singles) × 0.10 = ($1,100 − $1,076) × 0.10 = $2.40 = $2 per fortnight (round to the nearest dollar) Veronica's offset adjustment amount is $2 per fortnight. Step 5: To calculate the notional withholding amount, reduce the withholding amount ($60 as worked out in step 2) by the value of the tax offset ($165 as worked out in step 3). That is: Notional withholding amount = $60 − $165 = −$105 Since the notional withholding amount is negative and less than the offset adjustment amount, the amount to be withheld from Veronica's fortnightly super income stream is $2. This is the offset adjustment amount which will cover the Medicare levy payable. Example: Case A – Payee is under 60 years of age This example uses the PAYG withholding tax tables that apply from 1 July 2026. Veronica, 58, receives a fortnightly disability super income stream of $1,400 comprising: • a tax-free component of $300 • a taxable component − taxed element of $1,100. Veronica's preservation age is 60. Step 1: Veronica is 58 years of age therefore withholding applies to the taxable component. Step 2: As Veronica is paid fortnightly, use the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to work out the withholding required from the $1,100 taxed element. This amount is $60, if Veronica is claiming the tax-free threshold. Step 3: Since Veronica is below her preservation age and is receiving a disability super income stream, she is entitled to a tax offset. Tax offset = taxed element × 15% = $1,100 × 15% = $165 Step 4: Calculate Veronica's fortnightly offset adjustment amount. As Veronica's fortnightly payment is more than $1,076 (the Medicare levy threshold for singles, on a fortnightly basis) but less than $1,346 (the Medicare levy SOP for singles, on a fortnightly basis), her offset adjustment amount is calculated as: Offset adjustment amount = (Taxable component − Medicare levy threshold for singles) × 0.10 = ($1,100 − $1,076) × 0.10 = $2.40 = $2 per fortnight (round to the nearest dollar) Veronica's offset adjustment amount is $2 per fortnight. Step 5: To calculate the notional withholding amount, reduce the withholding amount ($60 as worked out in step 2) by the value of the tax offset ($165 as worked out in step 3). That is: Notional withholding amount = $60 − $165 = −$105 Since the notional withholding amount is negative and less than the offset adjustment amount, the amount to be withheld from Veronica's fortnightly super income stream is $2. This is the offset adjustment amount which will cover the Medicare levy payable. • a tax-free component of $300 • a taxable component − taxed element of $1,100. Part B Use this part if the payee is receiving a capped defined benefit income stream during the year and is: • 60 years of age or over and • their super income stream is made up of: – tax-free component – taxable component − taxed element – tax-free component and the taxable component − taxed element. • 60 years of age or over and • their super income stream is made up of: – tax-free component – taxable component − taxed element – tax-free component and the taxable component − taxed element. – tax-free component – taxable component − taxed element – tax-free component and the taxable component − taxed element. Withholding steps Step 1: Convert the super income stream components the payee received for the period to an annualised amount and use the following table to work out whether withholding applies, and if so, what amount it applies to. Income stream components Does withholding apply? Sum of the annualised tax-free component and taxed element is less than the defined benefit income cap No withholding applies. No further steps are necessary. Sum of annualised tax-free component and taxed element is greater than the defined benefit income cap Withholding applies to 50% of the amount over the cap. Go to step 2. Step 2: Calculate the weekly, fortnightly or monthly equivalent of the amount from step 1 in excess of the cap. For example, if payments are made weekly, divide the excess by 52. If you pay fortnightly, divide the excess by 26. If you pay monthly, divide the excess by 12 (ignore cents in the result). Step 3: Divide the amount calculated at step 2 by two (ignore cents in the result). Step 4: Use the appropriate PAYG withholding tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to calculate the withholding amount relevant to the amount worked out in step 3. The tax table you use depends on the income stream payment cycle – that is, weekly, fortnightly or monthly. These examples use the PAYG withholding tax tables that apply from 1 July 2026. Example: Case B (i) – Capped defined benefit income stream where the annual entitlement is under the cap Courtney, 61, receives a fortnightly capped defined benefit income stream of $2,000 comprising: • a tax-free component of $200 • a taxable component − taxed element of $1,800. Courtney is entitled to the full defined benefit income cap amount of $131,250 as there are no factors present that reduce this cap. The annual equivalent of Courtney's fortnightly super income stream ($52,000) is less than the defined benefit income cap of $131,250. As Courtney is over 60 years of age and her capped defined benefit income stream is comprised wholly of a taxed element and tax-free component of less than $131,250 for the financial year, no withholding is required. Example: Case B (ii) – Capped defined benefit income stream where the annual entitlement exceeds the cap Bill, 63, receives a fortnightly capped defined benefit income stream of $6,550 comprising: • a tax-free component of $750 • a taxable component − taxed element of $5,800. Bill is entitled to the full defined benefit income cap amount of $131,250 as there are no factors present that reduce this cap. Step 1: The annual equivalent of Bill's fortnightly capped defined benefit income stream is made up of an annualised tax-free component of $19,500 and annualised taxed element of $150,800 totalling $170,300, which is greater than the defined benefit income cap of $131,250. Withholding applies to 50% of the amount over the cap. Go to step 2. Step 2: Calculate the fortnightly equivalent of the amount in excess of the cap. $170,300 − $131,250 = $39,050 $39,050 ÷ 26 = $1,501 (ignoring cents) Step 3: Divide the amount calculated at step 2 by two. $1,501 ÷ 2 = $750 (ignoring any cents) Step 4: Use the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to calculate the withholding amount relevant to the amount worked out in step 3. As Bill has claimed the tax-free threshold the withholding amount is $4. Example: Case B (i) – Capped defined benefit income stream where the annual entitlement is under the cap Courtney, 61, receives a fortnightly capped defined benefit income stream of $2,000 comprising: • a tax-free component of $200 • a taxable component − taxed element of $1,800. Courtney is entitled to the full defined benefit income cap amount of $131,250 as there are no factors present that reduce this cap. The annual equivalent of Courtney's fortnightly super income stream ($52,000) is less than the defined benefit income cap of $131,250. As Courtney is over 60 years of age and her capped defined benefit income stream is comprised wholly of a taxed element and tax-free component of less than $131,250 for the financial year, no withholding is required. • a tax-free component of $200 • a taxable component − taxed element of $1,800. Example: Case B (ii) – Capped defined benefit income stream where the annual entitlement exceeds the cap Bill, 63, receives a fortnightly capped defined benefit income stream of $6,550 comprising: • a tax-free component of $750 • a taxable component − taxed element of $5,800. Bill is entitled to the full defined benefit income cap amount of $131,250 as there are no factors present that reduce this cap. Step 1: The annual equivalent of Bill's fortnightly capped defined benefit income stream is made up of an annualised tax-free component of $19,500 and annualised taxed element of $150,800 totalling $170,300, which is greater than the defined benefit income cap of $131,250. Withholding applies to 50% of the amount over the cap. Go to step 2. Step 2: Calculate the fortnightly equivalent of the amount in excess of the cap. $170,300 − $131,250 = $39,050 $39,050 ÷ 26 = $1,501 (ignoring cents) Step 3: Divide the amount calculated at step 2 by two. $1,501 ÷ 2 = $750 (ignoring any cents) Step 4: Use the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to calculate the withholding amount relevant to the amount worked out in step 3. As Bill has claimed the tax-free threshold the withholding amount is $4. • a tax-free component of $750 • a taxable component − taxed element of $5,800. Part C Use this part if the payee is receiving a capped defined benefit income stream and: • is 60 years of age or over, and • their income stream is only made up of a taxable component − untaxed element. • is 60 years of age or over, and • their income stream is only made up of a taxable component − untaxed element. Withholding steps Step 1: Use the appropriate PAYG withholding tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to calculate the withholding amount relevant to this pay period's taxable component − untaxed element. The tax table you use depends on the income stream payment cycle – that is, weekly, fortnightly or monthly. Note: Some payees may be eligible to claim the seniors and pensioners tax offset (SAPTO). If the payee gives you a Withholding declaration indicating they want to claim a SAPTO entitlement through PAYG withholding, use Schedule 9 – Tax table for seniors and pensioners to work out the amount to withhold from the amount calculated in step 1. Step 2: Determine the tax offset for the payment. Convert the untaxed element the payee received this period to an annualised amount. Use the following table to work out the amount of tax offset that applies. Untaxed element – annualised amount Tax offset Equal to or greater than the defined benefit income cap Tax offset is capped at 10% of the Defined benefit income cap. Less than the defined benefit income cap Tax offset is calculated at 10% of the untaxed element. Step 3: If the annualised amount from step 2 is less than the cap, then: Tax offset = untaxed element for the payment × 10% If the annualised amount from step 2 is greater than the cap, then the annual tax offset is capped at 10% of the cap. Therefore, the tax offset for the payment is reduced to the weekly, fortnightly or monthly equivalent of the capped tax offset amount. Step 4: Work out the amount to withhold by subtracting the tax offset per payment (step 3) from the withholding amount (step 1). Amount to withhold = withholding amount − tax offset If the tax offset amount is greater than the withholding amount, the amount to withhold is nil. Example: Case C – Capped defined benefit income stream comprised of a taxable component − untaxed element only This example uses the PAYG withholding tax tables that apply from 1 July 2026. Vera, 68, receives a weekly super income stream of $2,700 comprised only of a taxable component – untaxed element. Step 1: Using the Weekly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount relevant to the taxable component – untaxed element for $2,700 is $690 (Vera has claimed the tax-free threshold). Step 2: The annual equivalent of Vera's weekly super income stream untaxed element ($2,700 × 52 = $140,400) is greater than the defined benefit income cap of $131,250. Therefore, Vera's tax offset is capped at $13,125 for the financial year. Step 3: As Vera is over 60 years of age, she is eligible for a 10% tax offset of the untaxed element. The weekly tax offset amount is capped at $13,125 ÷ 52 = $252 (ignore cents) This weekly offset amount exceeds this cap ($14,040 ÷ 52 = $270). Therefore, the weekly tax offset is reduced to $252. Step 4: Work out the amount to withhold by subtracting the tax offset per payment (step 3) from the withholding amount (step 1). Amount to withhold = withholding amount − tax offset Amount to withhold = $690 − $252 Amount to withhold = $438 Example: Case C – Capped defined benefit income stream comprised of a taxable component − untaxed element only This example uses the PAYG withholding tax tables that apply from 1 July 2026. Vera, 68, receives a weekly super income stream of $2,700 comprised only of a taxable component – untaxed element. Step 1: Using the Weekly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount relevant to the taxable component – untaxed element for $2,700 is $690 (Vera has claimed the tax-free threshold). Step 2: The annual equivalent of Vera's weekly super income stream untaxed element ($2,700 × 52 = $140,400) is greater than the defined benefit income cap of $131,250. Therefore, Vera's tax offset is capped at $13,125 for the financial year. Step 3: As Vera is over 60 years of age, she is eligible for a 10% tax offset of the untaxed element. The weekly tax offset amount is capped at $13,125 ÷ 52 = $252 (ignore cents) This weekly offset amount exceeds this cap ($14,040 ÷ 52 = $270). Therefore, the weekly tax offset is reduced to $252. Step 4: Work out the amount to withhold by subtracting the tax offset per payment (step 3) from the withholding amount (step 1). Amount to withhold = withholding amount − tax offset Amount to withhold = $690 − $252 Amount to withhold = $438 Part D Use this part where the payee is receiving a capped defined benefit income stream and: • is 60 years of age or over, and • their income stream is made up of one or more of: – tax-free component and/or taxable component − taxed element – taxable component − untaxed element. • is 60 years of age or over, and • their income stream is made up of one or more of: – tax-free component and/or taxable component − taxed element – taxable component − untaxed element. – tax-free component and/or taxable component − taxed element – taxable component − untaxed element. Withholding steps Work out the amount subject to withholding Step 1: Convert all of the components of the whole income stream the payee received during this period to an annualised amount. Then add together all the annualised components that make up the income stream. Use the table below to determine whether you go to step 2 or part C. Income stream components: tax-free, taxed element and untaxed element Sum of components Next step Equal to or greater than the Defined benefit income cap Go to step 2 Less than the Defined benefit income cap Go to part C (untaxed component) Step 2: Add the annualised tax-free component and annualised taxed element. Subtract the cap from this amount. If this is less than the cap, go to step 5. Step 3: Calculate the weekly, fortnightly or monthly equivalent of the amount at step 2. For example, if you pay the payee weekly, divide the excess by 52. If you pay fortnightly, divide the excess by 26. If you pay monthly, divide the excess by 12 (ignore cents in the result). Step 4: Divide the amount calculated at step 3 by two (ignore cents in the result). The result is the amount subject to withholding. Step 5: Calculate the weekly, fortnightly or monthly equivalent of the untaxed element and add this to the amount calculated at step 4 (if applicable). Step 6: Use the appropriate PAYG withholding tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to calculate the withholding amount relevant to the amount worked out in step 5. The tax table you use depends on the income stream payment cycle – that is, weekly, fortnightly or monthly. Calculate the tax offset applicable Step 7: If the sum of the annualised tax-free component and the annualised taxed element is equal or greater than the cap, then the payee is not entitled to a tax offset. If the sum of the annualised tax-free component and the annualised taxed element is less than the cap, the payee is entitled to a reduced tax offset. Subtract from the cap the sum of the tax-free component and the taxed element from step 2 and apply 10% to this amount. The result is the annual tax offset amount. Calculate the weekly, fortnightly or monthly equivalent of this tax offset. For example, if you pay the payee weekly, divide the amount by 52. If you pay fortnightly, divide the amount by 26. If you pay monthly, divide the amount by 12 (ignore cents in the result). Work out the amount to withhold Step 8: Subtract the tax offset per payment (step 7) from the withholding amount (step 6). Amount to withhold = withholding amount − tax offset These examples use the PAYG withholding tax tables that apply from 1 July 2026. Example: Case D (i) – Payee is over 60 years old and receives all elements of a capped defined benefit income stream Nancy, 75, receives a capped defined benefit income stream for the financial year of $212,000 comprising of the annualised: • taxable component − taxed element $120,000 • taxable component − untaxed element $62,000 • tax-free component $30,000. Nancy, 75, receives a capped defined benefit income stream for the financial year of $212,000 comprising of the annualised: • taxable component – taxed element $120,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $62,000 • tax-free component $30,000. Nancy is paid weekly and claims the tax-free threshold. Work out the amount subject to withholding Step 1: Add together all the annualised components. $120,000 + $62,000 + $30,000 = $212,000 As the sum is over the $131,250 cap, proceed to step 2. Step 2: Add together the tax-free component and taxed element. Subtract the $131,250 cap from this amount. Sum of tax-free component and taxed element $120,000 + $30,000 = $150,000 Amount in excess of cap $150,000 − $131,250 = $18,750 Step 3: Calculate the weekly equivalent of the amount in excess of $131,250 calculated at step 2. $18,750 ÷ 52 = $360 (ignore any cents) Step 4: Divide the amount calculated at step 3 by two. $360÷ 2 = $180 (ignore any cents) Step 5: Calculate the weekly equivalent of the untaxed element of the taxable component $1,192 ($62,000 ÷ 52) and add it to the amount calculated at step 4 ($180). $1,192 + $180 = $1,372 Step 6: Using the Weekly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount relevant to the amount calculated in step 5 is $258. Calculate the tax offset applicable Step 7: Determine any entitlement to the tax offset. As the sum of Nancy's taxed element and tax-free component is over $125,000, she is no longer eligible for a tax offset for the untaxed element. Work out the amount to withhold Step 8: Amount to withhold = withholding amount (step 6) − tax offset (step 7) = $258 − 0 Total amount to withhold is $258. Example: Case D (ii) – Payee is over 60 years of age and receives all elements of a capped defined benefit income stream Fred, 68, receives a capped defined benefit income stream (annualised) for the full financial year of $142,000 comprising: • taxable component – taxed element $96,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $34,000 • tax-free component $12,000. Fred is paid fortnightly and claims the tax-free threshold. Work out the amount subject to withholding Step 1: Add together all the components. $96,000 + $34,000 + $12,000 = $142,000 As the sum is over the $131,250 cap, proceed to step 2. Step 2: Add together the tax-free component and taxed element. Subtract the $131,250 cap from the result. Sum of tax-free component and taxed element. $12,000 + $96,000 = $108,000 Amount in excess of cap. $108,000 − $131,250 = −$23,250 As $108,000 is less than $131,250 there is no excess amount. Step 3 and Step 4: These steps are not necessary as no excess amount was calculated at step 2. Step 5: Add the untaxed element of the taxable component $1,307 (ie. fortnightly equivalent of $34,000) to the amount calculated at step 4 (Nil). $1,307 + Nil = $1,307 Step 6: Using the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount relevant to the amount calculated in step 5 is $110. Calculate the tax offset applicable Step 7: As Fred's tax-free component and taxed element is less than the $131,250 cap, he is entitled to a tax offset limited to the amount up to the cap. Tax offset = ($131,250 − amount at step 2) × 10% ($131,250 − $108,000) × 10% = $2,325 The tax offset amount is capped at $2,325. As Fred is being paid on a fortnightly basis divide the offset by 26. $2,325 ÷ 26 = $89 (ignore any cents). Work out the amount to withhold Step 8: Amount to withhold = withholding amount (step 6) − tax offset (step 7) = $110 − $89 Total amount to withhold is $21. Example: Case D (iii) – Payee is over 60 years old and receives some elements of a capped defined benefit income stream Bob, 70, receives a capped defined benefit income stream (annualised) for the full financial year of $210,000 comprising of: • taxable component – taxed element $0 • taxable component – untaxed element $180,000 • tax-free component $30,000. Bob is paid weekly and claims the tax-free threshold. Work out the amount subject to withholding Step 1: Add together all the components. $0 + $180,000 + $30,000 = $210,000 As the sum is over the $131,250 cap, proceed to step 2. Step 2: Add together the tax-free component and taxed element. Subtract the $131,250 cap from this amount. $30,000 + $0 = $30,000 $30,000 − $131,250 = −$101,250 As $30,000 is less than the $131,250 cap, there is no excess amount. Step 3 and Step 4: These steps are not necessary as no excess amount was calculated at step 2. Step 5: Add the untaxed element of the taxable component $3,461 (that is, weekly equivalent of $180,000) to the amount calculated at step 4 (Nil). $3,461 + Nil = $3,461 Step 6: Using the Weekly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount relevant to the amount calculated in step 5 is $987. Calculate the tax offset applicable Step 7: As Bob's tax-free component is less than the $131,250 cap, then he is entitled to a tax offset limited to the amount up to the cap. Tax offset = ($131,250 − amount at step 2) × 10% ($131,250 − $30,000) × 10% = $10,125 The tax offset amount is capped at $10,125. As Bob is paid weekly divide the offset by 52. $10,125 ÷ 52 = $194 (ignore cents) Work out the amount to withhold Step 8: Amount to withhold = withholding amount (step 6) − tax offset (step 7) = $987 − $194 Total amount to withhold is $793. Example: Case D (i) – Payee is over 60 years old and receives all elements of a capped defined benefit income stream Nancy, 75, receives a capped defined benefit income stream for the financial year of $212,000 comprising of the annualised: • taxable component − taxed element $120,000 • taxable component − untaxed element $62,000 • tax-free component $30,000. Nancy, 75, receives a capped defined benefit income stream for the financial year of $212,000 comprising of the annualised: • taxable component – taxed element $120,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $62,000 • tax-free component $30,000. Nancy is paid weekly and claims the tax-free threshold. Work out the amount subject to withholding Step 1: Add together all the annualised components. $120,000 + $62,000 + $30,000 = $212,000 As the sum is over the $131,250 cap, proceed to step 2. Step 2: Add together the tax-free component and taxed element. Subtract the $131,250 cap from this amount. Sum of tax-free component and taxed element $120,000 + $30,000 = $150,000 Amount in excess of cap $150,000 − $131,250 = $18,750 Step 3: Calculate the weekly equivalent of the amount in excess of $131,250 calculated at step 2. $18,750 ÷ 52 = $360 (ignore any cents) Step 4: Divide the amount calculated at step 3 by two. $360÷ 2 = $180 (ignore any cents) Step 5: Calculate the weekly equivalent of the untaxed element of the taxable component $1,192 ($62,000 ÷ 52) and add it to the amount calculated at step 4 ($180). $1,192 + $180 = $1,372 Step 6: Using the Weekly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount relevant to the amount calculated in step 5 is $258. Calculate the tax offset applicable Step 7: Determine any entitlement to the tax offset. As the sum of Nancy's taxed element and tax-free component is over $125,000, she is no longer eligible for a tax offset for the untaxed element. Work out the amount to withhold Step 8: Amount to withhold = withholding amount (step 6) − tax offset (step 7) = $258 − 0 Total amount to withhold is $258. • taxable component − taxed element $120,000 • taxable component − untaxed element $62,000 • tax-free component $30,000. • taxable component – taxed element $120,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $62,000 • tax-free component $30,000. Example: Case D (ii) – Payee is over 60 years of age and receives all elements of a capped defined benefit income stream Fred, 68, receives a capped defined benefit income stream (annualised) for the full financial year of $142,000 comprising: • taxable component – taxed element $96,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $34,000 • tax-free component $12,000. Fred is paid fortnightly and claims the tax-free threshold. Work out the amount subject to withholding Step 1: Add together all the components. $96,000 + $34,000 + $12,000 = $142,000 As the sum is over the $131,250 cap, proceed to step 2. Step 2: Add together the tax-free component and taxed element. Subtract the $131,250 cap from the result. Sum of tax-free component and taxed element. $12,000 + $96,000 = $108,000 Amount in excess of cap. $108,000 − $131,250 = −$23,250 As $108,000 is less than $131,250 there is no excess amount. Step 3 and Step 4: These steps are not necessary as no excess amount was calculated at step 2. Step 5: Add the untaxed element of the taxable component $1,307 (ie. fortnightly equivalent of $34,000) to the amount calculated at step 4 (Nil). $1,307 + Nil = $1,307 Step 6: Using the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount relevant to the amount calculated in step 5 is $110. Calculate the tax offset applicable Step 7: As Fred's tax-free component and taxed element is less than the $131,250 cap, he is entitled to a tax offset limited to the amount up to the cap. Tax offset = ($131,250 − amount at step 2) × 10% ($131,250 − $108,000) × 10% = $2,325 The tax offset amount is capped at $2,325. As Fred is being paid on a fortnightly basis divide the offset by 26. $2,325 ÷ 26 = $89 (ignore any cents). Work out the amount to withhold Step 8: Amount to withhold = withholding amount (step 6) − tax offset (step 7) = $110 − $89 Total amount to withhold is $21. • taxable component – taxed element $96,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $34,000 • tax-free component $12,000. Example: Case D (iii) – Payee is over 60 years old and receives some elements of a capped defined benefit income stream Bob, 70, receives a capped defined benefit income stream (annualised) for the full financial year of $210,000 comprising of: • taxable component – taxed element $0 • taxable component – untaxed element $180,000 • tax-free component $30,000. Bob is paid weekly and claims the tax-free threshold. Work out the amount subject to withholding Step 1: Add together all the components. $0 + $180,000 + $30,000 = $210,000 As the sum is over the $131,250 cap, proceed to step 2. Step 2: Add together the tax-free component and taxed element. Subtract the $131,250 cap from this amount. $30,000 + $0 = $30,000 $30,000 − $131,250 = −$101,250 As $30,000 is less than the $131,250 cap, there is no excess amount. Step 3 and Step 4: These steps are not necessary as no excess amount was calculated at step 2. Step 5: Add the untaxed element of the taxable component $3,461 (that is, weekly equivalent of $180,000) to the amount calculated at step 4 (Nil). $3,461 + Nil = $3,461 Step 6: Using the Weekly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount relevant to the amount calculated in step 5 is $987. Calculate the tax offset applicable Step 7: As Bob's tax-free component is less than the $131,250 cap, then he is entitled to a tax offset limited to the amount up to the cap. Tax offset = ($131,250 − amount at step 2) × 10% ($131,250 − $30,000) × 10% = $10,125 The tax offset amount is capped at $10,125. As Bob is paid weekly divide the offset by 52. $10,125 ÷ 52 = $194 (ignore cents) Work out the amount to withhold Step 8: Amount to withhold = withholding amount (step 6) − tax offset (step 7) = $987 − $194 Total amount to withhold is $793. • taxable component – taxed element $0 • taxable component – untaxed element $180,000 • tax-free component $30,000. Part E Use this part if the payee: • was 60 years or older for the full financial year and they started their capped defined benefit income stream for the first time part-way during the year [complete step 1(a)], or • turned 60 during the financial year and are in receipt of a capped defined benefit income stream [complete step 1(b)], or • was aged 59 years or younger for the full financial year and has a capped defined benefit income stream that is a reversionary death benefit income stream where the deceased was aged 60 or over at the time of death [complete step 1(c)]. • was 60 years or older for the full financial year and they started their capped defined benefit income stream for the first time part-way during the year [complete step 1(a)], or • turned 60 during the financial year and are in receipt of a capped defined benefit income stream [complete step 1(b)], or • was aged 59 years or younger for the full financial year and has a capped defined benefit income stream that is a reversionary death benefit income stream where the deceased was aged 60 or over at the time of death [complete step 1(c)]. Note: If the payee is in receipt of multiple capped defined benefit income streams (maybe from multiple sources) or where the payee is in receipt of their own income stream at the same time as they are receiving a reversionary death benefit income stream, then the reduction of the cap may not be correct in all circumstances. Steps to reduce the defined benefit income cap These steps are illustrative for the 2026–27 financial year. Steps to reduce the defined benefit income cap Step 1 Use whichever is applicable to the payee's circumstances: a. Work out the number of days from when you first paid a super income stream to 30 June 2027. b. Work out the number of days from your payee's birthday to 30 June 2027. c. Work out the number of days from when you first started to pay the reversionary income stream to 30 June 2027. Note: Make sure you include the day they turned 60 or the day the income stream starts in your calculations. Step 2 Days worked out from step 1 as a percentage of the year (number of days ÷ 365 × 100) Step 3 Multiply the general defined benefit income cap ($131,250) by step 2. The result is the payee's reduced defined benefit income cap. Step 4 Work out the withholding amount using the reduced defined benefit income cap. Refer to the examples for guidance. a. Work out the number of days from when you first paid a super income stream to 30 June 2027. b. Work out the number of days from your payee's birthday to 30 June 2027. c. Work out the number of days from when you first started to pay the reversionary income stream to 30 June 2027. Note: Make sure you include the day they turned 60 or the day the income stream starts in your calculations. These examples use the PAYG withholding tax tables that apply from 1 July 2024. Examples: Case E (i): Turning 60 during the financial year On 1 July 2026 Loraine was 59 years of age receiving a capped defined benefit income stream for the full year. Loraine turns 60 on 12 September 2026. Loraine's income stream paid to her prior to turning 60 will be taxed according to part A. The character of this income changes when Loraine turns 60, therefore she will be subject to a different tax treatment on the income she receives after turning 60. To calculate withholding on any payment made on or after Loraine's birthday, apply the steps outlined in this example. Loraine receives a fortnightly income stream of $5,200 for the full year, made up of the following: • a tax-free component of $400 • a taxable component – taxed element of $4,800. A. Work out Loraine's reduced defined benefit income cap for the 2026–27 financial year as follows: • Step 1: Number of days from Loraine's birthday to 30 June 2027 is 292 • Step 2: Step 1 result expressed as a percentage of the year: 292 ÷ 365 = 80% • Step 3: Multiply the general defined benefit cap by step 2 result: $131,250 × 80% = $105,000 Loraine's reduced defined benefit income cap is $105,000. B. Annualise the components that make up Loraine's super income stream: • a fortnightly tax-free component of $400. Annualised amount $10,400 ($400 × 26) • a taxable component − taxed element of $4,800. Annualised amount $124,800 ($4,800 × 26) C. Add the annualised amounts of each component $10,400 + $124,800 = $135,200 D. Work out the amount of income Loraine earned after she turned 60. Multiply the annual equivalent (step C) of Loraine's fortnightly super income stream by the percentage worked out at step 2. $135,200 × 80% = $108,160 E. Work out the remaining fortnights in the financial year from when Loraine turned 60 that withholding applies: 292 days ÷ 14 days = 20 F. Work out the withholding rate as follows: (i) Calculate the fortnightly equivalent of the amount in excess of her reduced cap of $105,000. $108,160 − $105,000 = $3,160 Loraine is paid fortnightly, therefore: $3,160 ÷ 20 (remaining fortnights) = $158 (ignoring cents) (ii) Divide the amount calculated at (i) by two. $158 ÷ 2 = $79 (rounded to the nearest dollar) (iii) Use the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to calculate the withholding amount relevant to the amount worked out in (ii). As Loraine has claimed the tax-free threshold the withholding amount is $nil. Note: You will need to provide a PAYG payment summary – superannuation income stream for payments made to the payee before turning 60 and a separate payment summary for payments made to the payee after turning 60, even if the withholding is zero. If a payee only had an untaxed element or a combination of all three elements then you will need to go to part C or part D respectively to work out the withholding after determining the reduced defined benefit income cap. However, the following changes to certain steps in each of these parts will be required: • Multiply step 2 of part C or step 1 of part D (the annualised amount) by the percentage of the financial year the payee is 60 years or over (the figure from step 2 in the 'Steps to reduce the defined benefit income cap' section). Use this figure in the relevant steps in part C or part D instead of the annualised amount. • In step 2 of part B or step 3 and step 5 of part D, divide the relevant excess amount by the number of the relevant periods in the financial year since the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. • In step 3 of part C and step 7 of part D, divide the relevant capped offset amount by the number of relevant periods in the financial year since the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Case E (ii): Turning 60 during the financial year – income stream made up of other components Using Loraine's circumstances from the previous example, if Loraine receives fortnightly income of $6,200 which was made up of $2,200 tax-free component, $3,000 taxed element and $1,000 untaxed element. Loraine turns 60 on the 12 September 2026. Step 1: Convert all the components of the income stream to an annualised amount. Total income stream $6,200 × 26 = $161,200 Taxed element $3,000 × 26 = $78,000 Untaxed element $1,000 × 26 = $26,000 Tax-free component $2,200 × 26 = $57,200 Step 2: Apply the percentage that Loraine was over 60 to the whole of the annualised income stream $161,200 × 80% = $128,960 Step 3: From step 2 in part D, add together the annualised tax-free component and taxed element that has been reduced by applying the percentage Loraine was over 60. $45,760 + $62,400 = $108,160 Step 4: Subtract Loraine's reduced cap of $105,000 from $108,160. Result is $3,160 Step 5: Divide the result in step 4 by the remaining fortnights $3,160 ÷ 20 = $158 (ignore cents) Step 6: Divide the amount at step 5 by two. $158 ÷ 2 = $79. Add Loraine's fortnight untaxed element amount $1,000. This totals $1,079. Using the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount for $1,079 is $54. As Loraine's annualised tax-free component and taxed element is above her cap (as per step 4 above) no tax offset is applicable. Examples: Case E (iii): Starting an income stream during the financial year Sarah is 65 years of age and she first starts her capped defined benefit income stream on 30 December 2026. Sarah's reduced defined benefit income cap for the 2026–27 financial year is worked out as follows: Step 1: Number of days from Sarah's first income stream payment to 30 June 2027 = 183 Step 2: Step 1 result expressed as a percentage of the year: 183 ÷ 365 = 50.137% Step 3: Multiply the general defined benefit cap by step 2 result: $131,250 × 50.137% = $65,805 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Sarah's reduced defined benefit income cap is $65,805. Sarah's income stream for the period between 30 December 2026 and 30 June 2027 comprises: • taxable component – taxed element: $52,000 • taxable component – untaxed element: $19,500 • tax-free component: $15,600 Sarah's total income stream payments from 30 December 2026 is $87,100. Sarah is paid fortnightly and claims the tax-free threshold. As Sarah is paid fortnightly, you will need to work out the remaining fortnights that withholding applies in the financial year from when the income stream commenced to be paid: 183 days ÷ 14 days = 13 Work out the amount subject to withholding Step 1: Add together all the components. $52,000 + $19,500 + $15,600 = $87,100 As the sum is over the $65,805 reduced cap, proceed to step 2. Step 2: Add together the tax-free component and taxed element. Subtract the $65,805 reduced cap from this amount. Sum the tax-free component and taxed element $52,000 + $15,600 = $67,600 Amount in excess of cap $67,600 − $65,805 = $1,795 Step 3: Calculate the fortnightly equivalent of the amount in excess of $65,805 calculated at step 2 by using the number of remaining fortnights in the financial year from when the income stream commenced. $1,795 ÷ 13 = $138 (ignore cents) Step 4: Divide the amount calculated at step 3 by two. $138 ÷ 2 = $69 (ignore cents) Step 5: Calculate the fortnightly equivalent of the untaxed element of the taxable component using the remaining fortnights in the financial year from when the income stream started and add it to the amount calculated at step 4. ($19,500 ÷ 13) = $1,500 $1,500 + $69 = $1,569 Step 6: Using the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount relevant to the amount calculated in step 5 is $160. Calculate the tax offset applicable Step 7: Determine any entitlement to the tax offset. As the sum of Sarah's taxed element and tax-free component is over $65,805, she is no longer eligible for a tax offset for the untaxed element. If Sarah were eligible, you would apply the following: • If the sum of the tax-free component and taxed element is less than the reduced cap, the payee is entitled to a reduced tax offset. Subtract from the reduced cap the sum of the tax-free component and the taxed element from step 2 and apply 10% to this amount. The result is the tax offset amount the payee is entitled to for the financial year. • Calculate the weekly, fortnightly or monthly equivalent of this tax offset amount for the remaining weeks, fortnights or months that withholding applies in the financial year from when the income stream commenced to be paid. For example, if the income stream started on 30 December 2026 and you pay the payee weekly divide the amount by 26. If you pay fortnightly, divide the amount by 13. If you pay monthly, divide the amount by 6 (ignore cents in the result). Work out the amount to withhold Step 8: Amount to withhold = withholding amount (step 6) − tax offset (step 7) = $160 − 0 Total amount to withhold is $160. Case E (iv): Starting an income stream during the financial year – income stream does not include all components If Sarah only had a tax-free component and/or a taxable component − taxed element or an untaxed element, then you will need to go to part B or part C respectively to work out the withholding after determining the reduced defined benefit income cap. However, the following changes to certain steps in each of these parts will be required: • In step 1 of part B and step 2 of part C instead of converting the income stream payment to an annualised amount, use the 'Conversion table' below in this schedule for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the converted amount of the super income stream. Use this figure in the relevant steps in part B or part C instead of the annualised amount. • In step 2 of part B, divide the relevant excess amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. • In step 3 of part C, divide the relevant capped offset amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. Example: Case E (v): Reversionary death benefit income where the payee is under 60 years of age and the deceased was at least aged 60 Freya, 57, receives a defined benefit income stream in her own right, and her income stream is taxed under part A of this schedule. Freya's partner died on 27 February 2027; Freya's partner was aged 61 at the time of death and was in receipt of a defined benefit income stream with both tax-free components and taxable components. Freya is now entitled to a reversionary death benefit income stream. As Freya's reversionary income stream was subject to concessional tax treatment, Freya's reversionary death benefit income stream is also subject to additional taxation arrangements. Freya's reduced defined benefit income cap for the 2026–27 financial year is worked out as follows, based on her reversionary death benefit income stream: • Step 1: Number of days from Freya's first income stream payment to 30 June 2027 is 124 • Step 2: Step 1 result expressed as a percentage of the year: 124 ÷ 365 = 33.973% • Step 3: Multiply the general defined benefit cap by step 2 result: $131,250 × 33.973% Freya's reduced defined benefit income cap is $44,589. Freya was also receiving a defined benefit income stream in her own right, her defined benefit income cap will be further reduced by the defined benefit income she received from the date of death of her partner. Freya is paid fortnightly and her own super income for the financial year is $70,000, which comprises: • taxable component – taxed element $60,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $0 • tax-free component $10,000. Her own income stream is taxed under part A of this schedule. Freya's defined benefit income cap is reduced further by the amount of her personal super income for this period of time: $44,589 − (33.973% × $70,000). Freya's reduced defined benefit cap is now $20,808 (rounded to the nearest dollar). Freya's reversionary death benefit income stream comprises: • taxable component – taxed element $30,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $10,000 • tax-free component $10,000. Freya's total reversionary income stream payment from 28 February 2027 is $50,000. Reversionary income in excess of the reduced cap of $20,808 is $29,192. Calculate Freya's withholding on her reversionary income stream Use part C to work out Freya's withholding amount, however you will need to work out the remaining fortnights in the financial year from when the income stream started, to apply the correct withholding as per previous examples. Step 1: Calculate the fortnightly tax-free component and taxed element in excess of the reduced cap. $40,000 − $20,808 = $19,192 Freya is paid fortnightly from 28 February 2027, therefore: $19,192 ÷ 8 = $2,399 (ignoring cents) Step 2: Divide the amount calculated at step 1 by two. $2,399 ÷ 2 = $1,199 (ignoring cents) Step 3: Convert the untaxed element into fortnightly payments. $10,000 ÷ 8 = $1,250 Step 4: Add the amounts calculated at step 2 and step 3 $1,199 + $1,250 = $2,449 Step 5: Use the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to calculate the withholding amount relevant to the amount worked out in step 4. Freya recognises that she has multiple taxable income streams and, therefore, has not claimed the tax-free threshold on her reversionary income stream payment. Therefore, the withholding amount on $2,449 is $640. Step 6: As the reversionary income stream tax-free and taxed element components totalled more than Freya's reduced defined benefit income cap, she is not entitled to a tax offset. PAYG payment summary reporting Freya will receive two PAYG payment summaries – superannuation income stream: (1) PAYG payment summary – superannuation income stream (Freya's personal income stream) Applicable dates: 01/07/2026 – 30/06/2027 Tax withheld $728 Taxable component – taxed element $60,000 Taxable component – untaxed element $0 Tax-free component $10,000 Tax offset $9,000 (2) PAYG payment summary – superannuation income stream (Freya's reversionary death benefit income stream) Applicable dates: 28/02/2027 – 30/06/2027 Tax withheld $5,120 Taxable component – taxed element $30,000 Taxable component – untaxed element $10,000 Tax-free component $10,000 As the source of this income stream was from an income stream that was subject to concessional tax treatment, no tax offset should be provided on the payment summary. The ATO will calculate any entitlement to a tax offset in Freya's end of year income tax assessment. If Freya's circumstances were different: You would not reduce Freya's defined benefit income cap and you would follow the steps in part B, part C or part D (as applicable) to calculate the withholding amount if: • Freya was 60 years or over for the full financial year and was receiving the reversionary income stream for the full financial year, whether her partner died before or after he was 60, or • Freya turns 60 during the financial year and her partner died aged 60 or over, and she was in receipt of the reversionary death benefit income stream for the full financial year. If Freya was under 60 for the full financial year and Freya's partner had died before he turned 60, you would not reduce the defined benefit income cap and you would follow the steps in part A to calculate the withholding amount. If Freya turns 60 during the financial year and her partner died aged under 60, and she was in receipt of the reversionary death benefit income stream for the full financial year, you reduce the defined benefit income cap based on the date she turned 60 years of age, and you would follow the relevant steps that are set out in the Loraine examples to calculate the withholding amount. If Freya was 60 or over for the full financial year or turns 60 during the financial year, and she received the reversionary death benefit income stream for part of the year you would reduce the defined income cap based on either the day she turned 60 or the start of the income stream. You would follow the steps in part B, part C or part D (as applicable) to calculate the withholding amount. However, the following changes to certain steps in each of these parts will be required: • In step 1 of part B and step 2 part C or part D, instead of converting the income stream payment to an annualised amount, use the 'Conversion table' below this schedule for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the converted amount of the super income stream. Use this figure in the relevant steps in part B, part C or part D instead of the annualised amount. • In step 2 of part B or step 3 and step 5 of part D, divide the relevant excess amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. • In step 3 of part C or step 3 and step 5 in part D, divide the relevant capped offset amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. Examples: Case E (i): Turning 60 during the financial year On 1 July 2026 Loraine was 59 years of age receiving a capped defined benefit income stream for the full year. Loraine turns 60 on 12 September 2026. Loraine's income stream paid to her prior to turning 60 will be taxed according to part A. The character of this income changes when Loraine turns 60, therefore she will be subject to a different tax treatment on the income she receives after turning 60. To calculate withholding on any payment made on or after Loraine's birthday, apply the steps outlined in this example. Loraine receives a fortnightly income stream of $5,200 for the full year, made up of the following: • a tax-free component of $400 • a taxable component – taxed element of $4,800. A. Work out Loraine's reduced defined benefit income cap for the 2026–27 financial year as follows: • Step 1: Number of days from Loraine's birthday to 30 June 2027 is 292 • Step 2: Step 1 result expressed as a percentage of the year: 292 ÷ 365 = 80% • Step 3: Multiply the general defined benefit cap by step 2 result: $131,250 × 80% = $105,000 Loraine's reduced defined benefit income cap is $105,000. B. Annualise the components that make up Loraine's super income stream: • a fortnightly tax-free component of $400. Annualised amount $10,400 ($400 × 26) • a taxable component − taxed element of $4,800. Annualised amount $124,800 ($4,800 × 26) C. Add the annualised amounts of each component $10,400 + $124,800 = $135,200 D. Work out the amount of income Loraine earned after she turned 60. Multiply the annual equivalent (step C) of Loraine's fortnightly super income stream by the percentage worked out at step 2. $135,200 × 80% = $108,160 E. Work out the remaining fortnights in the financial year from when Loraine turned 60 that withholding applies: 292 days ÷ 14 days = 20 F. Work out the withholding rate as follows: (i) Calculate the fortnightly equivalent of the amount in excess of her reduced cap of $105,000. $108,160 − $105,000 = $3,160 Loraine is paid fortnightly, therefore: $3,160 ÷ 20 (remaining fortnights) = $158 (ignoring cents) (ii) Divide the amount calculated at (i) by two. $158 ÷ 2 = $79 (rounded to the nearest dollar) (iii) Use the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to calculate the withholding amount relevant to the amount worked out in (ii). As Loraine has claimed the tax-free threshold the withholding amount is $nil. Note: You will need to provide a PAYG payment summary – superannuation income stream for payments made to the payee before turning 60 and a separate payment summary for payments made to the payee after turning 60, even if the withholding is zero. If a payee only had an untaxed element or a combination of all three elements then you will need to go to part C or part D respectively to work out the withholding after determining the reduced defined benefit income cap. However, the following changes to certain steps in each of these parts will be required: • Multiply step 2 of part C or step 1 of part D (the annualised amount) by the percentage of the financial year the payee is 60 years or over (the figure from step 2 in the 'Steps to reduce the defined benefit income cap' section). Use this figure in the relevant steps in part C or part D instead of the annualised amount. • In step 2 of part B or step 3 and step 5 of part D, divide the relevant excess amount by the number of the relevant periods in the financial year since the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. • In step 3 of part C and step 7 of part D, divide the relevant capped offset amount by the number of relevant periods in the financial year since the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. • a tax-free component of $400 • a taxable component – taxed element of $4,800. • Step 1: Number of days from Loraine's birthday to 30 June 2027 is 292 • Step 2: Step 1 result expressed as a percentage of the year: 292 ÷ 365 = 80% • Step 3: Multiply the general defined benefit cap by step 2 result: $131,250 × 80% = $105,000 • a fortnightly tax-free component of $400. Annualised amount $10,400 ($400 × 26) • a taxable component − taxed element of $4,800. Annualised amount $124,800 ($4,800 × 26) • Multiply step 2 of part C or step 1 of part D (the annualised amount) by the percentage of the financial year the payee is 60 years or over (the figure from step 2 in the 'Steps to reduce the defined benefit income cap' section). Use this figure in the relevant steps in part C or part D instead of the annualised amount. • In step 2 of part B or step 3 and step 5 of part D, divide the relevant excess amount by the number of the relevant periods in the financial year since the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. • In step 3 of part C and step 7 of part D, divide the relevant capped offset amount by the number of relevant periods in the financial year since the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Case E (ii): Turning 60 during the financial year – income stream made up of other components Using Loraine's circumstances from the previous example, if Loraine receives fortnightly income of $6,200 which was made up of $2,200 tax-free component, $3,000 taxed element and $1,000 untaxed element. Loraine turns 60 on the 12 September 2026. Step 1: Convert all the components of the income stream to an annualised amount. Total income stream $6,200 × 26 = $161,200 Taxed element $3,000 × 26 = $78,000 Untaxed element $1,000 × 26 = $26,000 Tax-free component $2,200 × 26 = $57,200 Step 2: Apply the percentage that Loraine was over 60 to the whole of the annualised income stream $161,200 × 80% = $128,960 Step 3: From step 2 in part D, add together the annualised tax-free component and taxed element that has been reduced by applying the percentage Loraine was over 60. $45,760 + $62,400 = $108,160 Step 4: Subtract Loraine's reduced cap of $105,000 from $108,160. Result is $3,160 Step 5: Divide the result in step 4 by the remaining fortnights $3,160 ÷ 20 = $158 (ignore cents) Step 6: Divide the amount at step 5 by two. $158 ÷ 2 = $79. Add Loraine's fortnight untaxed element amount $1,000. This totals $1,079. Using the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount for $1,079 is $54. As Loraine's annualised tax-free component and taxed element is above her cap (as per step 4 above) no tax offset is applicable. Examples: Case E (iii): Starting an income stream during the financial year Sarah is 65 years of age and she first starts her capped defined benefit income stream on 30 December 2026. Sarah's reduced defined benefit income cap for the 2026–27 financial year is worked out as follows: Step 1: Number of days from Sarah's first income stream payment to 30 June 2027 = 183 Step 2: Step 1 result expressed as a percentage of the year: 183 ÷ 365 = 50.137% Step 3: Multiply the general defined benefit cap by step 2 result: $131,250 × 50.137% = $65,805 (rounded to the nearest dollar) Sarah's reduced defined benefit income cap is $65,805. Sarah's income stream for the period between 30 December 2026 and 30 June 2027 comprises: • taxable component – taxed element: $52,000 • taxable component – untaxed element: $19,500 • tax-free component: $15,600 Sarah's total income stream payments from 30 December 2026 is $87,100. Sarah is paid fortnightly and claims the tax-free threshold. As Sarah is paid fortnightly, you will need to work out the remaining fortnights that withholding applies in the financial year from when the income stream commenced to be paid: 183 days ÷ 14 days = 13 Work out the amount subject to withholding Step 1: Add together all the components. $52,000 + $19,500 + $15,600 = $87,100 As the sum is over the $65,805 reduced cap, proceed to step 2. Step 2: Add together the tax-free component and taxed element. Subtract the $65,805 reduced cap from this amount. Sum the tax-free component and taxed element $52,000 + $15,600 = $67,600 Amount in excess of cap $67,600 − $65,805 = $1,795 Step 3: Calculate the fortnightly equivalent of the amount in excess of $65,805 calculated at step 2 by using the number of remaining fortnights in the financial year from when the income stream commenced. $1,795 ÷ 13 = $138 (ignore cents) Step 4: Divide the amount calculated at step 3 by two. $138 ÷ 2 = $69 (ignore cents) Step 5: Calculate the fortnightly equivalent of the untaxed element of the taxable component using the remaining fortnights in the financial year from when the income stream started and add it to the amount calculated at step 4. ($19,500 ÷ 13) = $1,500 $1,500 + $69 = $1,569 Step 6: Using the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables the withholding amount relevant to the amount calculated in step 5 is $160. Calculate the tax offset applicable Step 7: Determine any entitlement to the tax offset. As the sum of Sarah's taxed element and tax-free component is over $65,805, she is no longer eligible for a tax offset for the untaxed element. If Sarah were eligible, you would apply the following: • If the sum of the tax-free component and taxed element is less than the reduced cap, the payee is entitled to a reduced tax offset. Subtract from the reduced cap the sum of the tax-free component and the taxed element from step 2 and apply 10% to this amount. The result is the tax offset amount the payee is entitled to for the financial year. • Calculate the weekly, fortnightly or monthly equivalent of this tax offset amount for the remaining weeks, fortnights or months that withholding applies in the financial year from when the income stream commenced to be paid. For example, if the income stream started on 30 December 2026 and you pay the payee weekly divide the amount by 26. If you pay fortnightly, divide the amount by 13. If you pay monthly, divide the amount by 6 (ignore cents in the result). Work out the amount to withhold Step 8: Amount to withhold = withholding amount (step 6) − tax offset (step 7) = $160 − 0 Total amount to withhold is $160. • taxable component – taxed element: $52,000 • taxable component – untaxed element: $19,500 • tax-free component: $15,600 • If the sum of the tax-free component and taxed element is less than the reduced cap, the payee is entitled to a reduced tax offset. Subtract from the reduced cap the sum of the tax-free component and the taxed element from step 2 and apply 10% to this amount. The result is the tax offset amount the payee is entitled to for the financial year. • Calculate the weekly, fortnightly or monthly equivalent of this tax offset amount for the remaining weeks, fortnights or months that withholding applies in the financial year from when the income stream commenced to be paid. For example, if the income stream started on 30 December 2026 and you pay the payee weekly divide the amount by 26. If you pay fortnightly, divide the amount by 13. If you pay monthly, divide the amount by 6 (ignore cents in the result). Case E (iv): Starting an income stream during the financial year – income stream does not include all components If Sarah only had a tax-free component and/or a taxable component − taxed element or an untaxed element, then you will need to go to part B or part C respectively to work out the withholding after determining the reduced defined benefit income cap. However, the following changes to certain steps in each of these parts will be required: • In step 1 of part B and step 2 of part C instead of converting the income stream payment to an annualised amount, use the 'Conversion table' below in this schedule for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the converted amount of the super income stream. Use this figure in the relevant steps in part B or part C instead of the annualised amount. • In step 2 of part B, divide the relevant excess amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. • In step 3 of part C, divide the relevant capped offset amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. • In step 1 of part B and step 2 of part C instead of converting the income stream payment to an annualised amount, use the 'Conversion table' below in this schedule for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the converted amount of the super income stream. Use this figure in the relevant steps in part B or part C instead of the annualised amount. • In step 2 of part B, divide the relevant excess amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. • In step 3 of part C, divide the relevant capped offset amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. Example: Case E (v): Reversionary death benefit income where the payee is under 60 years of age and the deceased was at least aged 60 Freya, 57, receives a defined benefit income stream in her own right, and her income stream is taxed under part A of this schedule. Freya's partner died on 27 February 2027; Freya's partner was aged 61 at the time of death and was in receipt of a defined benefit income stream with both tax-free components and taxable components. Freya is now entitled to a reversionary death benefit income stream. As Freya's reversionary income stream was subject to concessional tax treatment, Freya's reversionary death benefit income stream is also subject to additional taxation arrangements. Freya's reduced defined benefit income cap for the 2026–27 financial year is worked out as follows, based on her reversionary death benefit income stream: • Step 1: Number of days from Freya's first income stream payment to 30 June 2027 is 124 • Step 2: Step 1 result expressed as a percentage of the year: 124 ÷ 365 = 33.973% • Step 3: Multiply the general defined benefit cap by step 2 result: $131,250 × 33.973% Freya's reduced defined benefit income cap is $44,589. Freya was also receiving a defined benefit income stream in her own right, her defined benefit income cap will be further reduced by the defined benefit income she received from the date of death of her partner. Freya is paid fortnightly and her own super income for the financial year is $70,000, which comprises: • taxable component – taxed element $60,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $0 • tax-free component $10,000. Her own income stream is taxed under part A of this schedule. Freya's defined benefit income cap is reduced further by the amount of her personal super income for this period of time: $44,589 − (33.973% × $70,000). Freya's reduced defined benefit cap is now $20,808 (rounded to the nearest dollar). Freya's reversionary death benefit income stream comprises: • taxable component – taxed element $30,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $10,000 • tax-free component $10,000. Freya's total reversionary income stream payment from 28 February 2027 is $50,000. Reversionary income in excess of the reduced cap of $20,808 is $29,192. Calculate Freya's withholding on her reversionary income stream Use part C to work out Freya's withholding amount, however you will need to work out the remaining fortnights in the financial year from when the income stream started, to apply the correct withholding as per previous examples. Step 1: Calculate the fortnightly tax-free component and taxed element in excess of the reduced cap. $40,000 − $20,808 = $19,192 Freya is paid fortnightly from 28 February 2027, therefore: $19,192 ÷ 8 = $2,399 (ignoring cents) Step 2: Divide the amount calculated at step 1 by two. $2,399 ÷ 2 = $1,199 (ignoring cents) Step 3: Convert the untaxed element into fortnightly payments. $10,000 ÷ 8 = $1,250 Step 4: Add the amounts calculated at step 2 and step 3 $1,199 + $1,250 = $2,449 Step 5: Use the Fortnightly tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to calculate the withholding amount relevant to the amount worked out in step 4. Freya recognises that she has multiple taxable income streams and, therefore, has not claimed the tax-free threshold on her reversionary income stream payment. Therefore, the withholding amount on $2,449 is $640. Step 6: As the reversionary income stream tax-free and taxed element components totalled more than Freya's reduced defined benefit income cap, she is not entitled to a tax offset. PAYG payment summary reporting Freya will receive two PAYG payment summaries – superannuation income stream: (1) PAYG payment summary – superannuation income stream (Freya's personal income stream) Applicable dates: 01/07/2026 – 30/06/2027 Tax withheld $728 Taxable component – taxed element $60,000 Taxable component – untaxed element $0 Tax-free component $10,000 Tax offset $9,000 (2) PAYG payment summary – superannuation income stream (Freya's reversionary death benefit income stream) Applicable dates: 28/02/2027 – 30/06/2027 Tax withheld $5,120 Taxable component – taxed element $30,000 Taxable component – untaxed element $10,000 Tax-free component $10,000 As the source of this income stream was from an income stream that was subject to concessional tax treatment, no tax offset should be provided on the payment summary. The ATO will calculate any entitlement to a tax offset in Freya's end of year income tax assessment. If Freya's circumstances were different: You would not reduce Freya's defined benefit income cap and you would follow the steps in part B, part C or part D (as applicable) to calculate the withholding amount if: • Freya was 60 years or over for the full financial year and was receiving the reversionary income stream for the full financial year, whether her partner died before or after he was 60, or • Freya turns 60 during the financial year and her partner died aged 60 or over, and she was in receipt of the reversionary death benefit income stream for the full financial year. If Freya was under 60 for the full financial year and Freya's partner had died before he turned 60, you would not reduce the defined benefit income cap and you would follow the steps in part A to calculate the withholding amount. If Freya turns 60 during the financial year and her partner died aged under 60, and she was in receipt of the reversionary death benefit income stream for the full financial year, you reduce the defined benefit income cap based on the date she turned 60 years of age, and you would follow the relevant steps that are set out in the Loraine examples to calculate the withholding amount. If Freya was 60 or over for the full financial year or turns 60 during the financial year, and she received the reversionary death benefit income stream for part of the year you would reduce the defined income cap based on either the day she turned 60 or the start of the income stream. You would follow the steps in part B, part C or part D (as applicable) to calculate the withholding amount. However, the following changes to certain steps in each of these parts will be required: • In step 1 of part B and step 2 part C or part D, instead of converting the income stream payment to an annualised amount, use the 'Conversion table' below this schedule for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the converted amount of the super income stream. Use this figure in the relevant steps in part B, part C or part D instead of the annualised amount. • In step 2 of part B or step 3 and step 5 of part D, divide the relevant excess amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. • In step 3 of part C or step 3 and step 5 in part D, divide the relevant capped offset amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. • Step 1: Number of days from Freya's first income stream payment to 30 June 2027 is 124 • Step 2: Step 1 result expressed as a percentage of the year: 124 ÷ 365 = 33.973% • Step 3: Multiply the general defined benefit cap by step 2 result: $131,250 × 33.973% • taxable component – taxed element $60,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $0 • tax-free component $10,000. • taxable component – taxed element $30,000 • taxable component – untaxed element $10,000 • tax-free component $10,000. • Freya was 60 years or over for the full financial year and was receiving the reversionary income stream for the full financial year, whether her partner died before or after he was 60, or • Freya turns 60 during the financial year and her partner died aged 60 or over, and she was in receipt of the reversionary death benefit income stream for the full financial year. • In step 1 of part B and step 2 part C or part D, instead of converting the income stream payment to an annualised amount, use the 'Conversion table' below this schedule for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the converted amount of the super income stream. Use this figure in the relevant steps in part B, part C or part D instead of the annualised amount. • In step 2 of part B or step 3 and step 5 of part D, divide the relevant excess amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. • In step 3 of part C or step 3 and step 5 in part D, divide the relevant capped offset amount by the number of remaining periods in the financial year since the income stream started or the payee turned 60 to the end of the financial year. Use the 'Conversion table' for income streams commencing during current financial year to work out the appropriate date. Super death benefits Dependants Dependants include all children of the deceased under 18 years old, any spouse of the deceased (including a former spouse and a current or former de facto spouse), and any person with whom the deceased had an interdependency relationship. An interdependency relationship includes a close personal relationship between two people who live together, where one or both provides for the financial and domestic support and personal care of the other. A dependant can also be a person who was financially dependent on the deceased. Non-dependants A person who is not a dependant of the deceased is not able to receive a super income stream from the deceased. A super death benefit income stream that was being paid to a non-dependant prior to 1 July 2007 is taxed in the same manner as a super death benefit income stream paid to a dependant. Reversionary income streams A death benefit income stream can either be reversionary or non-reversionary. A reversionary death benefit income stream is a super income stream that reverts to the entitled beneficiary automatically upon the member's death, if the death benefit payment is not a reversionary income stream then it is treated as if it was the member's income stream. Supporting information Defined benefit income cap The defined benefit income cap is relevant if the payee is either: • 60 years of age or over • Under 60 years of age and a death benefits dependant, where the deceased died aged 60 or over. • 60 years of age or over • Under 60 years of age and a death benefits dependant, where the deceased died aged 60 or over. The defined benefit income cap applies if the payee receives one or more superannuation income stream benefits that are 'defined benefit income' to which 'concessional tax treatment' applies. The defined benefit income cap does not have taxation consequences outside of these circumstances. The defined benefit income cap is an annual cap that is reset, and may be reduced, each year. From 1 July 2017, the 'defined benefit income cap' limits the amount of tax-free income the payee can receive from a capped defined benefit income stream (pension or annuity). For the 2026–27 financial year, the defined benefit income cap is $131,250 (the $2.1 million general transfer balance cap divided by 16). Preservation age The withholding amount varies depending on whether the payee has reached their preservation age when the payment is made. Preservation age is determined using your payee's date of birth. For example, if a member was born on 1 October 1964, they reach their preservation age of 60 on 1 October 2024. The table below outlines the transitional period where the preservation age increased progressively from 55 to 60. As the transitional period has been completed, for the 2024–25 and future financial years the preservation age is 60 for all payees born after 30 June 1964. For those payees born before that date, they have already reached their preservation age. Preservation age – transitional period Date of birth Preservation age Before 1/7/1960 55 1/7/1960–30/6/1961 56 1/7/1961–30/6/1962 57 1/7/1962–30/6/1963 58 1/7/1963–30/6/1964 59 After 30/6/1964 60 Cap conversion table The full year cap on defined benefit income streams is $131,250 as of 1 July 2026 and is subject to indexation. The cap may also need to be reduced – see part E. The table below converts the $131,250 annual cap into the weekly, fortnightly or monthly equivalent Total income stream Annual amount less than $131,250 Annual amount $131,250 or greater Weekly equivalent $1 to $2,524 $2,525 or greater Fortnightly equivalent $1 to $5,048 $5,049 or greater Monthly equivalent $1 to $10,937 $10,938 or greater Conversion table for income streams commencing during current financial year The table below can be used to determine the period to use for calculating withholding for income streams that start during the financial year: Payment summaries You are required to issue a PAYG payment summary – superannuation income stream to the payee for the total of the payments made in the financial year by 14 July. This date may be earlier if the payee requests it. For 'account-based' income streams, you are only required to provide a payment summary to the payee where there is a requirement to withhold. You do not need to provide a payment summary for the period after the payee turned 60 years of age. Example: Sue turns 60 on 1 March 2027. You are required to provide a payment summary to Sue for the period 1 July 2026 to 1 March 2027. No payment summary is required for the period 2 March 2027 to 30 June 2027. Example: Sue turns 60 on 1 March 2027. You are required to provide a payment summary to Sue for the period 1 July 2026 to 1 March 2027. No payment summary is required for the period 2 March 2027 to 30 June 2027. For 'capped defined benefit' income streams, where a payee turns 60 during the year you must issue two separate payment summaries – one for the period prior to the payee turning 60 and one for the period from the payee's 60th birthday. A payment summary is required to be issued to a payee in receipt of a super income stream even if no tax was withheld. Payment summaries can also be printed using software that conforms to our reporting specifications. This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by Subdivision 12-B, 12-C and 12-D of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule Use this schedule if a payee has asked you to withhold a higher amount from their payments than would normally be required. A payee's request to have additional amounts withheld should be in writing but can be in any format that suits your business. For example, an email request could be used, or you may design a paper or computer-based form for this purpose. Your agreement to the arrangement will be indicated by withholding in accordance with the payee's request. No additional record is required. The total amount to withhold is the normal amount calculated on the payee's earnings (based on the applicable withholding schedule or regulation) plus the additional amount requested by the payee. How to work out the withholding amount To work out the amount to withhold, you must: 1. Use the appropriate tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to look up the normal amount of withholding for the period using instructions in that tax table. 2. Work out the additional amount the payee wants withheld in accordance with their written request. 3. Add the amount from step 1 to the amount from step 2. Example: A payee's weekly earnings are $563.00. The payee and the payer have agreed that the payer will withhold an additional $50 a week from the payee's earnings. The payer uses the tax withheld calculator to find the base amount to withhold of $33 (for a payee claiming the tax free threshold in the 2026–27 income year). The total amount to withhold is $33 + $50 = $83. 1. Use the appropriate tax table at ato.gov.au/taxtables to look up the normal amount of withholding for the period using instructions in that tax table. 2. Work out the additional amount the payee wants withheld in accordance with their written request. 3. Add the amount from step 1 to the amount from step 2. Example: A payee's weekly earnings are $563.00. The payee and the payer have agreed that the payer will withhold an additional $50 a week from the payee's earnings. The payer uses the tax withheld calculator to find the base amount to withhold of $33 (for a payee claiming the tax free threshold in the 2026–27 income year). The total amount to withhold is $33 + $50 = $83. This schedule applies to withholding payments covered by section 12-35 of Schedule 1 to the TAA. The amounts, formulas and procedures in this schedule were last updated on 1 July 2026. Using this schedule This schedule applies to payments to individuals – including backpackers – who are working in Australia and hold at the time of the payment either a: a. working holiday makers visa (subclass 417) b. work and holiday makers visa (subclass 462) c. bridging visa permitting the individual to work in Australia if: i. the bridging visa was granted under the Migration Act 1958 in relation to an application for a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b., and ii. the Minister administering that Act is still to make a decision in relation to the application, and iii. the most recent visa, other than a bridging visa, granted under that Act to the individual was a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b. a. working holiday makers visa (subclass 417) b. work and holiday makers visa (subclass 462) c. bridging visa permitting the individual to work in Australia if: i. the bridging visa was granted under the Migration Act 1958 in relation to an application for a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b., and ii. the Minister administering that Act is still to make a decision in relation to the application, and iii. the most recent visa, other than a bridging visa, granted under that Act to the individual was a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b. i. the bridging visa was granted under the Migration Act 1958 in relation to an application for a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b., and ii. the Minister administering that Act is still to make a decision in relation to the application, and iii. the most recent visa, other than a bridging visa, granted under that Act to the individual was a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b. This schedule applies to all payments made to working holiday makers, including: • salary and wages • allowances • termination payments (taxable component only) • unused leave • return to work payments • back payments, commissions, bonuses and similar payments • payments to actors and entertainers. • salary and wages • allowances • termination payments (taxable component only) • unused leave • return to work payments • back payments, commissions, bonuses and similar payments • payments to actors and entertainers. If you employ individuals under the Seasonal Worker Programme and Pacific Labour Scheme, or Pacific Australia Labour Mobility scheme, this schedule for working holiday makers does not apply. If you made an employment termination payment to a working holiday maker, withholding does not apply to the tax-free component. Working out the withholding amount To work out the amount you need to withhold: • input the total payments you will make to your worker for the pay period into the Working holiday makers Withholding lookup tool at ato.gov.au/taxtables • use the appropriate column to find the correct amount to withhold: – column 2 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are less than $45,001 and they have given you a tax file number (TFN) – column 3 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are from $45,001 to $135,000 and they have given you a TFN – column 4 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are from $135,001 to $190,000 and they have given you a TFN – column 5 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are more than $190,000 and they have given you a TFN – column 6 if you are registered and the working holiday maker has not given you a TFN. Example: using the withholding lookup tool A foreign resident is working in Australia under a working holiday makers visa (subclass 417) and has earnings for the week of $680.70. They have provided their TFN on a Tax file number declaration. The total payments you have made to them do not exceed $45,000 for the 2026–27 income year. To work out the correct amount to withhold, input $680 into column 1 in the Working holiday makers Withholding lookup tool. The tool will automatically calculate the withholding result of $102 in column 2. This is the amount you withhold, as a registered employer, where the working holiday maker has given you a TFN. • input the total payments you will make to your worker for the pay period into the Working holiday makers Withholding lookup tool at ato.gov.au/taxtables • use the appropriate column to find the correct amount to withhold: – column 2 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are less than $45,001 and they have given you a tax file number (TFN) – column 3 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are from $45,001 to $135,000 and they have given you a TFN – column 4 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are from $135,001 to $190,000 and they have given you a TFN – column 5 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are more than $190,000 and they have given you a TFN – column 6 if you are registered and the working holiday maker has not given you a TFN. – column 2 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are less than $45,001 and they have given you a tax file number (TFN) – column 3 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are from $45,001 to $135,000 and they have given you a TFN – column 4 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are from $135,001 to $190,000 and they have given you a TFN – column 5 if you are registered and total payments you have made to the working holiday maker for the income year prior to this payment are more than $190,000 and they have given you a TFN – column 6 if you are registered and the working holiday maker has not given you a TFN. Example: using the withholding lookup tool A foreign resident is working in Australia under a working holiday makers visa (subclass 417) and has earnings for the week of $680.70. They have provided their TFN on a Tax file number declaration. The total payments you have made to them do not exceed $45,000 for the 2026–27 income year. To work out the correct amount to withhold, input $680 into column 1 in the Working holiday makers Withholding lookup tool. The tool will automatically calculate the withholding result of $102 in column 2. This is the amount you withhold, as a registered employer, where the working holiday maker has given you a TFN. Registered employer You need to register with us before you employ a working holiday maker. If you are registered, you will be able to withhold at a flat rate of 15% up to $45,000 in total payments made to each individual working holiday maker within an income year. Where total payments exceed $45,000, see Table A in this schedule for the applicable withholding rate. Unregistered employer If you have not registered with us to withhold at working holiday maker tax rates, you are required to withhold at foreign resident rates. These are specified in the tax tables for weekly, fortnightly or monthly payments at ato.gov.au/taxtables. Using a formula If you have developed your own payroll or accounting software package, use the formulas and coefficients outlined below to calculate the withholding amount. The formulas comprise linear equations of the form y = ax, where: • y is the amount to be withheld expressed in dollars • x is total payment made to the employee for the pay period, ignoring any cents • a is the value of the coefficient as shown in Table A. • y is the amount to be withheld expressed in dollars • x is total payment made to the employee for the pay period, ignoring any cents • a is the value of the coefficient as shown in Table A. Table A: Working holiday makers income tax rates Table A: Working holiday makers income tax rates for 2026–27 Taxable income Tax rate Value (a) $0 – $45,000 15% on each $1 up to $45,000 0.15 $45,001 – $135,000 30% on each $1 over $45,000 to $135,000 0.30 $135,001 – $190,000 37% on each $1 over $135,000 to $190,000 0.37 $190,001 & over 45% on each $1 over $190,000 0.45 If no TFN is provided you must withhold at 45% on total payments made. If using formulas, the value of ' a ' is 0.45. Example 1: using the formula A foreign resident is working in Australia under a work and holiday makers visa (subclass 462) and has earnings for the month of $2,825.75. They have provided their TFN on a Tax file number declaration, and total payments you have made to them for the income year do not exceed $45,000. x = 2,825 (ignoring cents) Withholding amount ( y ) = ( a × x ) = 0.15 × 2,825 = 423.75 or $424 (rounded to nearest dollar). Example 2: when payments exceed $45,000 A foreign resident is working in Australia under a working holiday makers visa (subclass 417). They have earnings for the month of May 2027 of $8,173.20. They have provided their TFN on a Tax file number declaration and the total payments you have made to them from January 2027 to April 2027, in the 2026–27 income year, is $47,000. Last month's payment resulted in total payments exceeding $45,000. Therefore, from the next pay you must calculate withholding using the rate specified in Table A for the taxable income range between $45,001 to $135,000. Withholding is calculated at 30 cents for every dollar of earnings over $45,000 (to $135,000). Current pay = $8,173.20 The value of 'a' in the formula is 0.30. Withholding = 0.30 × 8,173 = 2,451.90 or $2,452 (rounded to the nearest dollar). Example 1: using the formula A foreign resident is working in Australia under a work and holiday makers visa (subclass 462) and has earnings for the month of $2,825.75. They have provided their TFN on a Tax file number declaration, and total payments you have made to them for the income year do not exceed $45,000. x = 2,825 (ignoring cents) Withholding amount ( y ) = ( a × x ) = 0.15 × 2,825 = 423.75 or $424 (rounded to nearest dollar). Example 2: when payments exceed $45,000 A foreign resident is working in Australia under a working holiday makers visa (subclass 417). They have earnings for the month of May 2027 of $8,173.20. They have provided their TFN on a Tax file number declaration and the total payments you have made to them from January 2027 to April 2027, in the 2026–27 income year, is $47,000. Last month's payment resulted in total payments exceeding $45,000. Therefore, from the next pay you must calculate withholding using the rate specified in Table A for the taxable income range between $45,001 to $135,000. Withholding is calculated at 30 cents for every dollar of earnings over $45,000 (to $135,000). Current pay = $8,173.20 The value of 'a' in the formula is 0.30. Withholding = 0.30 × 8,173 = 2,451.90 or $2,452 (rounded to the nearest dollar). Note: Working holiday makers cannot claim Medicare levy adjustments or tax offsets to reduce withholding. If your working holiday maker has claimed a Medicare levy adjustment on a Medicare levy variation declaration or a tax offset on a Withholding declaration, don't make any adjustments to the amount you withhold. Any working holiday maker who is an Australian resident for tax purposes will be able to claim Medicare levy adjustments and tax offsets that they are entitled to when they lodge their income tax return. Rounding of withholding amounts The withholding amounts calculated as a result of applying the formula are rounded to the nearest dollar. Values ending in 50 cents are rounded up to the next dollar. Do this rounding directly – that is, do not make a preliminary rounding to the nearest cent. Where withholding is calculated on the top marginal rate of tax or when no TFN is provided, ignore cents in the withholding result. Software Payroll or accounting software written in accordance with the formulas in this schedule should be tested for accuracy against the Working holiday makers Withholding lookup tool at ato.gov.au/taxtables. The results obtained when using the coefficients in this schedule may differ slightly from the tool. The differences result from the rounding of components. Withholding calculated using either method is accepted. Tax file number (TFN) declarations Your worker may indicate that they are a working holiday maker in their TFN declaration. Even if they don't, you will need to withhold amounts using the rates shown in Table A (provided they have given you a valid TFN). This applies to either: a. working holiday makers visa (subclass 417) b. work and holiday makers visa (subclass 462) c. bridging visa permitting the individual to work in Australia if: i.the bridging visa was granted under the Migration Act 1958 in relation to an application for a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b., and ii.the Minister administering that Act is still to make a decision in relation to the application, and iii.the most recent visa, other than a bridging visa, granted under that Act to the individual was a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b. a. working holiday makers visa (subclass 417) b. work and holiday makers visa (subclass 462) c. bridging visa permitting the individual to work in Australia if: i.the bridging visa was granted under the Migration Act 1958 in relation to an application for a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b., and ii.the Minister administering that Act is still to make a decision in relation to the application, and iii.the most recent visa, other than a bridging visa, granted under that Act to the individual was a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b. i.the bridging visa was granted under the Migration Act 1958 in relation to an application for a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b., and ii.the Minister administering that Act is still to make a decision in relation to the application, and iii.the most recent visa, other than a bridging visa, granted under that Act to the individual was a visa of a kind described in paragraph a. or b. To confirm the visa status of an individual who you believe is a working holiday maker, go to the 'Department of Immigration and Border Protection's Visa Entitlement Verification Online' (VEVO) webpage. This is where you can check visa details and conditions. Working holiday makers cannot claim tax offsets. If they have claimed a tax offset on the Tax file number declaration, do not adjust the amount you withhold. Working holiday makers cannot have a Higher Education Loan Program (HELP), VET Student Loan (VSL), Financial Supplement (FS), Student Start-up Loan (SSL) or Australian Apprenticeship Support Loan (AASL) debt. Working holiday makers cannot receive Community Development Employment Projects (CDEP) payments or Lump sum B payments. If a TFN has not been provided You must withhold 45% from payments to a working holiday maker (ignoring cents), if: • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. • they have not quoted their TFN • they have not claimed an exemption from quoting their TFN • they have not advised you that they have applied for a TFN or have made an enquiry with us. If a working holiday maker states at Question 1 of the Tax file number declaration that they have lodged a Tax file number – application or enquiry for individuals with us, they have 28 days to provide you with their TFN. If a working holiday maker has not given you their TFN within 28 days, you must withhold 45% from any payment you make unless we tell you not to. A working holiday maker who has not quoted a TFN must still be provided with an income statement (or payment summary) with a payment type code 'H'. Allowances Generally, allowances are added to normal earnings, and the amount to withhold using this schedule is calculated on the total amount of earnings and allowances. The withholding treatment and reporting requirements for various allowance types outlined in Withholding for allowances also applies to working holiday makers.